Commit Graph

2164 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Rafał Miłecki
f705008d7e firmware-utils: replace GPL 2.0 boilerplate/reference with SPDX
This uses "GPL-2.0-only" header for files identified using scancode
license scanner with 100% score as GPL 2.0.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2021-08-06 09:34:55 +02:00
Roberto Valentini
af56075a8f ath79: add support for TP-Link RE455 v1
TP-Link RE455 v1 is a dual band router/range-extender based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.

This device is nearly identical to RE450 v3

Specification:

- 775 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8033 PHY)
- 7x LED, 4x button
- UART header on PCB[1]

Flash instruction:
Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.

[1] Didn't work, probably need to short unpopulated resistor R64
    and R69 as RE450v3

Signed-off-by: Roberto Valentini <valantin89@gmail.com>
2021-07-11 16:58:12 +02:00
Diogenes Rengo
cce2e8db56 ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WR941HP v1
Specifications:
    SOC:        Qualcomm Atheros TP9343 (750 MHz)
    Flash:      8 Mb (GigaDevice GD25Q64CSIG)
    RAM:        64 Mb (Zentel A3R12E40DBF-8E)
    Serial:     yes, 4-pin header
    Wlan:       Qualcomm Atheros TP9343, antenna: MIM0 3x3:3 RP-SMA
                3 x 2.4GHz power amp module Skyworks (SiGe) SE2576L
    Ethernet:   Qualcomm Atheros TP9343
    Lan speed:  100M ports: 4
    Lan speed:  100M ports: 1
    Other info: same case, ram and flash that TP-Link TL-WR841HP,
                different SOC

    https://forum.openwrt.org/t/adding-device-support-tp-link-wr941hp/

Label MAC addresses based on vendor firmware:
    LAN   *:ee  label
    WAN   *:ef  label +1
    WLAN  *:ee  label

    The label MAC address found in "config" partition at 0x8

Flash instruction:
    Upload the generated factory firmware on web interface.

Signed-off-by: Diogenes Rengo <rengocbx250@gmail.com>
[remove various whitespace issues, squash commits, use short 0x0]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2021-07-04 18:07:35 +02:00
Rosen Penev
5cff6c1abb tools/cmake: update to 3.20.3 + build with Ninja
Compile with Ninja. Ninja compiles faster and is more stable with
parallel builds. Routines copied from cmake.mk.

Speed improves from:

Executed in	127.47 secs	fish		external
usr time	17.02 mins	446.00 micros	17.02 mins
sys time	1.18 mins	40.00 micros	1.18 mins

to:

Executed in	118.91 secs	fish		external
usr time	17.28 mins	499.00 micros	17.28 mins
sys time	1.13 mins	45.00 micros	1.13 mins

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-06-20 20:12:14 -10:00
Rosen Penev
3cbdc13bc1 tools/squashfskit4: fix compilation under big endian
The macro used is for the wrong struct. Just byte swap manually.

Refreshed patches.

Tested on sparc64.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-06-20 18:59:36 -10:00
Rosen Penev
b154a2f8d3 tools/e2fsprogs: update to 1.46.2
Fix wrong FPIC flag to fix compilation under sparc64

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-06-20 18:10:15 -10:00
Rosen Penev
bf4dbbb55e tools/libressl: update to 3.3.3
Fix wrong FPIC variable usage. Fixes compilation under sparc64 host.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-06-20 15:20:54 -10:00
Rosen Penev
2e745e9be6 treewide: remove BUILD_PARALLEL from CMake packages
It's already default. The only exception is mt76 which has Ninja
disabled.

Found with:

git grep BUILD_PARALLEL | cut -d ':' -f 1 | sort -u > par
git grep cmake.mk | cut -d ':' -f 1 > cmake
comm -1 -2 par cmake

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-06-19 20:44:59 -10:00
Stijn Segers
b6245fbd58 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: support Archer A6 v3 CA
The Canadian edition of the TP-Link Archer A6 v3 uses a different header, but
otherwise it's identical to the already supported EU/US editions.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Tested-by: Brian Lee <dev@leebrian.me>
Reviewed-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
2021-06-20 00:49:06 +02:00
Rosen Penev
90338370d1 tools/ccache: update to 4.3
Remove BUILD_PARALLEL as it's default now.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-06-19 08:42:50 -10:00
Amish Vishwakarma
d22fb7f4fd ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer C6 v3
The patch adds support for the TP-Link Archer C6 v3 (FCC ID TE7A6V3)
The patch adds identification changes to the existing TP-Link Archer A6,
by Vinay Patil <post2vinay@gmail.com>, which has identical hardware.

Specification
-------------
MediaTek MT7621 SOC
RAM:         128MB DDR3
SPI Flash:   W25Q128 (16MB)
Ethernet:    MT7530 5x 1000Base-T
WiFi 5GHz:   Mediatek MT7613BE
WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603E
UART/Serial: 115200 8n1

Device Configuration & Serial Port Pins
---------------------------------------
ETH Ports:    LAN4 LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 WAN
             _______________________
             |                     |
Serial Pins: |   VCC GND TXD RXD   |
             |_____________________|

LEDs:         Power Wifi2G Wifi5G LAN WAN

Build Output
------------
The build will generate following set of files
[1] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-c6-v3-initramfs-kernel.bin
[2] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-c6-v3-squashfs-factory.bin
[3] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-c6-v3-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

How to Use - Flashing from TP-Link Web Interface
------------------------------------------------
* Go to "Advanced/System Tools/Firmware Update".
* Click "Browse" and upload the OpenWrt factory image: factory.bin[2]
* Click the "Upgrade" button, and select "Yes" when prompted.

TFTP Booting
------------
Setup a TFTP boot server with address 192.168.0.5.
While starting U-boot press '4' key to stop autoboot.
Copy the initramfs-kernel.bin[1] to TFTP server folder, rename as test.bin
From u-boot command prompt run tftpboot followed by bootm.

Recovery
--------
Archer A6 V3 has recovery page activated if SPI booting from flash fails.
Recovery page can be activated by powercycling the router four times
before the boot process is complete.
Note: TFTP boot can be activated only from u-boot serial console.
Device recovery address: 192.168.0.1

Signed-off-by: Amish Vishwakarma <vishwakarma.amish@gmail.com>
[fix indent]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-06-13 11:32:31 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
fa0aea53b2 tools: build ninja before ccache to fix the build order
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2021-06-12 14:33:57 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
d45baa860f tools: fix dependencies of cmake packages
Make cmake depend on ninja, so that other cmake based tools also depend on it

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2021-06-12 12:40:27 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
97258f5363 build: add ninja build tool and make it available for cmake
ninja is faster at building cmake packages than make, and according to reports
also more reliable at handling parallel builds
This commit includes a patch that adds GNU make jobserver support, in order to
allow more precise control over the number of parallel tasks

Enable parallel build by default for packages using ninja

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-06-12 10:46:39 +02:00
Rui Salvaterra
609aa39783 tools/isl: bump to 0.24
Tested with Graphite and -floop-nest-optimize, without issues.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
2021-06-06 00:26:13 +02:00
Michael Pratt
7b9a0c264c ath79: use dynamic partitioning for TP-Link CPE series
CPExxx and WBSxxx boards with AR9344 SOC
use the OKLI lzma kernel loader
with the offset of 3 blocks of length 4k (0x3000)
in order to have a fake "kernel" that cannot grow larger
than how it is defined in the now static OEM partition table.

Before recent changes to the mtdsplit driver,
the uImage parser for OKLI only supported images
that started exactly on an eraseblock boundary.

The mtdsplit parser for uImage now supports identifying images
with any magic number value
and at any offset from the eraseblock boundary
using DTS properties to define those values.

So, it is no longer necessary to use fixed sizes
for kernel and rootfs

Tested-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>  [CPE510 v2]
Tested-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de>      [WBS210 v2]
Tested-by: Petrov <d7c48mWsPKx67w2@gmail.com>       [CPE210 v1]
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mcpratt@pm.me>
2021-06-05 23:39:14 +02:00
Georgi Vlaev
a46ad596a3 ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer C6U v1 (EU)
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer C6U v1 (EU).
The device is also known in some market as Archer C6 v3.
This patch supports only Archer C6U v1 (EU).

Specifications:
--------------

* SoC: Mediatek MT7621AT 2C2T, 880MHz
* RAM: 128MB DDR3
* Flash: 16MB SPI NOR flash (Winbond 25Q128)
* WiFi 5GHz: Mediatek MT7613BEN (2x2:2)
* WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603EN (2x2:2)
* Ethernet: MT7630, 5x 1000Base-T.
* LED: Power, WAN, LAN, WiFi 2GHz and 5GHz, USB
* Buttons: Reset, WPS.
* UART: Serial console (115200 8n1), J1(GND:3)
* USB: One USB2 port.

Installation:
------------

Install the OpenWrt factory image for C6U is from the
TP-Link web interface.

1) Go to "Advanced/System Tools/Firmware Update".
2) Click "Browse" and upload the OpenWrt factory image:
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-c6u-v1-squashfs-factory.bin.
3) Click the "Upgrade" button, and select "Yes" when prompted.

Recovery to stock firmware:
--------------------------

The C6U bootloader has a failsafe mode that provides a web
interface (running at 192.168.0.1) for reverting back to the
stock TP-Link firmware. The failsafe interface is triggered
from the serial console or on failed kernel boot. Unfortunately,
there's no key combination that enables the failsafe mode. This
gives us two options for recovery:

1) Recover using the serial console (J1 header).
The recovery interface can be selected by hitting 'x' when
prompted on boot.

2) Trigger the bootloader failsafe mode.
A more dangerous option is force the bootloader into
recovery mode by erasing the OpenWrt partition from the
OpenWrt's shell - e.g "mtd erase firmware". Please be
careful, since erasing the wrong partition can brick
your device.

MAC addresses:
-------------

OEM firmware configuration:
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:83 : 5G
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:84 : LAN (label)
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:84 : 2.4G
D8:07:B6:xx:xx:85 : WAN

Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@konsulko.com>
2021-05-26 23:10:25 +02:00
Vinay Patil
f8f8935adb ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer A6 v3
The patch adds support for the TP-Link Archer A6 v3
The router is sold in US and India with FCC ID TE7A6V3

Specification
-------------
MediaTek MT7621 SOC
RAM:         128MB DDR3
SPI Flash:   W25Q128 (16MB)
Ethernet:    MT7530 5x 1000Base-T
WiFi 5GHz:   Mediatek MT7613BE
WiFi 2.4GHz: Mediatek MT7603E
UART/Serial: 115200 8n1

Device Configuration & Serial Port Pins
---------------------------------------
ETH Ports:    LAN4 LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 WAN
             _______________________
             |                     |
Serial Pins: |   VCC GND TXD RXD   |
             |_____________________|

LEDs:         Power Wifi2G Wifi5G LAN WAN

Build Output
------------
The build will generate following set of files
[1] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-a6-v3-initramfs-kernel.bin
[2] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-a6-v3-squashfs-factory.bin
[3] openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_archer-a6-v3-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin

How to Use - Flashing from TP-Link Web Interface
------------------------------------------------
* Go to "Advanced/System Tools/Firmware Update".
* Click "Browse" and upload the OpenWrt factory image: factory.bin[2]
* Click the "Upgrade" button, and select "Yes" when prompted.

TFTP Booting
------------
Setup a TFTP boot server with address 192.168.0.5.
While starting U-boot press '4' key to stop autoboot.
Copy the initramfs-kernel.bin[1] to TFTP server folder, rename as test.bin
From u-boot command prompt run tftpboot followed by bootm.

Recovery
--------
Archer A6 V3 has recovery page activated if SPI booting from flash fails.
Recovery page can be activated from serial console only.
Press 'x' while u-boot is starting
Note: TFTP boot can be activated only from u-boot serial console.
Device recovery address: 192.168.0.1

Thanks to: Frankis for Randmon MAC address fix.

Signed-off-by: Vinay Patil <post2vinay@gmail.com>
[remove superfluous factory image definition, whitespacing]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-05-26 23:10:14 +02:00
David Adair
2d15468323 ccache: Build with ENABLE_DOCUMENTATION=OFF
This adjusts the Makefile to use the new option to turn off the
doc builds. It will not cause any problems except a warning
about unused options if combined with a ccache source missing
the upstream patch.

Since a config setting is required to re-enable the doc build this
is equivalent to unconditionally disabling the docs if the config
setting is not created.

Signed-off-by: David Adair <djabhead@aol.com>
2021-05-23 15:11:38 +02:00
Ruslan Isaev
7a70f78fb7 fakeroot: Alpine linux libc.musl build error fix
Prevent build error on Alpine Linux host:
libfakeroot.c error: conflicting types for 'id_t'
Error relocating openwrt/staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: SEND_GET_XATTR: symbol not found

Signed-off-by: Ruslan Isaev <legale.legale@gmail.com>
2021-05-23 15:11:19 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
baf2a50ef3 firmware-utils: fix coverity zytrx.c resource leak
fix coverity resource leak warning:

    	*len = stat.st_size;
    	mapped = mmap(NULL, stat.st_size, PROT_READ, MAP_SHARED, fd, 0);
    	if (close(fd) < 0)
CID 1484880:  Resource leaks  (RESOURCE_LEAK)
Variable "mapped" going out of scope leaks the storage it points to.
    		return NULL;
    	return mapped;
    }

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2021-05-20 11:56:38 +01:00
Bjørn Mork
48cad07a55 firmware-utils: zytrx: Add util for ZyXEL specific header
The ZyXEL NR7101 prepend an additional header to U-Boot images. This
header use the TRX magic 0x30524448 (HDR0), but is incompatible with
TRX images.

This code is reverse-engineered based on matching 32 bit numbers
found in the header with lengths and different checksum
calculations of the vendor images found on the device.  The result
was matched against the validation output produced by the
bootloader to name the associated header fields.

Example bootloader validation output:

 Zyxel TRX Image 1 --> Found!  Header Checksum OK
 ============ZyXEL header information==================
         chipId             : MT7621A
         boardId            : NR7101
         modelId            : 07 01 00 01
         kernel_len         : (14177560)
         kernelChksum       : (0x8DD31F69)
         swVersionInt       : 1.00(ABUV.0)D1
         swVersionExt       : 1.00(ABUV.0)D1

 Zyxel TRX Image 2 --> Found!  Header Checksum OK
 ============ZyXEL header information==================
         chipId             : MT7621A
         boardId            : NR7101
         modelId            : 07 01 00 01
         kernel_len         : (14176660)
         kernelChksum       : (0x951A7637)
         swVersionInt       : 1.00(ABUV.0)D0
         swVersionExt       : 1.00(ABUV.0)D0

 =================================================
 Check image validation:
 Image1 Header Magic Number --> OK
 Image2 Header Magic Number --> OK
 Image1 Header Checksum --> OK
 Image2 Header Checksum --> OK
 Image1 Data Checksum --> OK
 Image2 Data Checksum --> OK
 Image1 Stable Flag --> Stable
 Image1 Try Counter --> 0
 Image1: OK
 Image2: OK

The coverage and algorithm for the kernelChksum field is unknown.
This field is not validated by the bootloader or the OEM firmware
upgrade tool. It is therefore set to a static value for now.

The swVersion fields contain free form string values.  The OEM firmware
use ZyXEL structured version numbers as shown above.  The strings are
not interpreted or validated on boot, so they can be repurposed for
anything we want the bootloader to display to the user.  But the OEM
web GUI fails to flash images with freeform strings.

The purpose of the other strings in the header is not known.  The
values appear to be static.  We assume they are fixed for now, until
we have other examples.  One of these strings is the platform name,
which is taken as an input parameter for support other members of
the device family.

Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
2021-05-09 09:15:44 +02:00
Alex Henrie
dfef88b6ca tplink-safeloader: fix product_name of TP-Link AD7200
The stock firmware does not accept firmware with "Talon" in the name.

Tested on firmware version 1.0.10 Build 20160902 rel. 57400 which came
preinstalled, as well as latest firmware version 2.0.1 Build 20170103
rel.71053 flashed from
AD7200v1-up-ver2-0-1-P1[20170103-rel71053]_2017-01-04_10.08.28.bin.

Fixes: 1a775a4fd0 ("ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200")
Signed-off-by: Alex Henrie <alexhenrie24@gmail.com>
[added details about vendor firmware]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2021-05-06 09:51:58 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
3ebfd0078d ccache: update to 4.2.1
Update ccache to 4.2.1

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com> [refresh patch]
2021-04-23 20:57:33 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
5eb3508ad2 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: support displaying fw info
Add "-i" option for reading & displaying firmware info. First it lists
in-firmware partitions ("fwup-ptn"). Then it checks for human
understandable partitions and prints data found in each of them.

This new feature is meant for development & debug purposes.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-14 14:04:04 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
d4f2c2914a firmware-utils: mkmylofw: fix blocks padding
The old code didn't make sense as it was using "len" variable which was
guaranteed to be always 0. Loop right above broken code is:
while (len > 0) { }

With this recent ALIGN macro fix this resulted in subtracting block size
from 0 and calling write_out_padding() with a negative length.

To calculate amount of bytes needed for padding & alignment it should be
enough to use % 4.

Fixes: a2f6622945 ("firmware-utils: fix few random warnings")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-13 14:00:49 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
489aa752d7 firmware-utils: zyimage: drop POSIX SOURCE defines
This fixes:
src/zyimage.c:10:0: warning: "_POSIX_SOURCE" redefined
src/zyimage.c:11:0: warning: "_POSIX_C_SOURCE" redefined

This change has been tested on Linux with -Wextra and on Mac OS.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-13 13:18:17 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
e6d66375cb tplink-safeloader: fix C7v5 factory flashing from vendor fw > v1.1.x
Currently it's not possible to flash factory images on devices shipped
with vendor firmware versions 1.1.0 Build 20201120 rel. 50406 (published
2020-12-22):

 (curFw_ver, newFw_ver) == (1.1, 1.0) [NM_Error](nm_checkSoftVer) 00848: Firmwave not supports, check failed.
 [NM_Error](nm_checkUpdateContent) 01084: software version dismatched
 [NM_Error](nm_buildUpgradeStruct) 01188: checkUpdateContent failed.

They've even following note in release notes:

 Note: You will be unable to downgrade to the previous firmware version
       after updating this firmware.

This version check in vendor firmware is implemented in
/usr/bin/nvrammanager binary likely as following C code[1]:

 sscanf(buf, "%d.%d.%*s",&upd_fw_major, &upd_fw_minor);
 ...
 if (((int)upd_fw_major < (int)cur_fw_major) ||
     ((ret = 1, cur_fw_major == upd_fw_major && (upd_fw_minor < (int)cur_fw_minor)))) {
       ret = 0;
       printf("[NM_Error](%s) %05d: Firmwave not supports, check failed.\r\n\r\n","nm_checkSoftVer" ,0x350);
 }
 ...
 return ret;

So in order to fix this and make it future proof it should be enough to
ship our factory firmware images with major version 7 (lucky number).

Tested on latest firmware version 1.1.2 Build 20210125 rel.37999:

 Firmwave supports, check OK.
  (curFw_ver, newFw_ver) == (1.1, 7.0) check firmware ok!

Flashing back to vendor firmware
c7v5_us-up-ver1-1-2-P1[20210125-rel37999]_2021-01-25_10.33.55.bin works
as well:

 U-Boot 1.1.4-gbec22107-dirty (Nov 18 2020 - 18:19:12)
 ...
 Firmware downloaded... filesize = 0xeeae77 fileaddr = 0x80060000.
 Firmware Recovery file length : 15642231
 Firmware process id 2.
 handle_fw_cloud 146
 Image verify OK!
 Firmware file Verify ok!
 product-info:product_name:Archer C7
 product_ver:5.0.0
 special_id:55530000
 [Error]sysmgr_cfg_checkSupportList(): 1023 @ specialId 45550000 NOT Match.
 Firmware supports, check OK.
 Firmware Recovery check ok!

1. https://gist.github.com/ynezz/2e0583647d863386a66c3d231541b6d1

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2021-04-13 10:29:25 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
1a55a2b112 firmware-utils: add -Wall to most tools
This helps spotting possible problems

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-09 11:05:57 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
69e9138080 firmware-utils: fix -Wpointer-sign warnings
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-09 11:05:54 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
052a30d65e firmware-utils: fix -Wmaybe-uninitialized warnings
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-09 10:46:15 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
a2f6622945 firmware-utils: fix few random warnings
1. -Wunused-label
2. -Wparentheses
3. -Wmisleading-indentation
4. -Wformat-overflow

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-09 10:46:15 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
7c01e2bac1 firmware-utils: fix unused variable warnings
This fixes warnings from the:
1. -Wunused-variable
2. -Wunused-but-set-variable

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-09 10:46:15 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
e65b633a5b firmware-utils: fix all -Wformat warnings
1. Use %hhu for uint8_t
2. Use %z for size_t

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-09 10:46:15 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
9b4fc4cae9 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: convert into a package
bcm4908img is a tool managing BCM4908 platform images. It's used for
creating them as well as checking, modifying and extracting data from.

It's required by both: host (for building firmware images) and target
(for sysupgrade purposes). Make it a host/target package.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-08 10:50:59 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
5a2086d230 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: fix uninitialized var usage
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-08 10:50:59 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
ed7edf88e2 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: extract bootfs without padding
JFFS2 bootfs partition in a BCM4908 image usually includes some padding.
For flashing it individually (writing to designed MTD partition) we want
just JFFS2 data.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-07 08:02:41 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
dcbde11af1 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: fix extracting cferom
Fix offset to extract proper data when image contains vendor header.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-07 00:22:37 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
e33957c241 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: support extracting bootfs & rootfs
It's required for upgrading firmware using single partitions instead of
just blindly writing whole image.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-07 00:21:40 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
5314cab729 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: replace size with offset
It's much easier to operate on BCM4908 image data with absolute offset
of each section stored. It doesn't require summing sizes over and over.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-07 00:12:01 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
ed847ef5f3 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: add bootfs support
This adds support for accessing bootfs JFFS2 partition in the BCM4908
image. Support includes:
1. Listing files
2. Renaming file (requires unchanged name length)

Above commands are useful for flashing BCM4908 images which by defualt
come with cferom.000 file and require renaming it.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-05 10:13:05 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
9c039d56a1 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: support extracting image data
It's useful for upgrading cferom, firmware, etc.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-05 10:05:25 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
6af45b842b firmware-utils: bcm4908img: find cferom size
It's important for modifying / extracting firmware content. cferom is
optional image content at the file beginning.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-05 10:05:09 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
9b9184f178 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: use "info" command displaying file info
BCM4908 image format contains some info that may be useful for info /
debugging purposes.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-05 10:03:59 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
d533b27bc0 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: support reading from stdin
1. Don't allow pipe stdin as we need to fseek()
2. Don't alow TTY as it doesn't make sense for binary input

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-05 09:54:10 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
a39f85d8b6 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: detect Netgear vendor firmware
Netgear uses CHK header which needs to be skipped when validating
BCM4908 image. Detect it directly in the bcm4908img tool. Dealing with
binary structs and endianess is way simpler in C.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-05 09:54:10 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
7d5f743942 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: extract parsing code
Move code parsing existing firmware file to separated function. This
cleans up existing code and allows reusing parsing code for other
commands.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-04-05 09:54:10 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
a3611432a6 firmware-utils: bcm4908kernel: name struct fields
Less magic names / values.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-03-24 22:45:00 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
1ff7569387 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: name fields & values
Less magic numbers

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-03-24 17:30:26 +01:00
Tony Ambardar
cbc37d60cb tools/sparse: update to version 0.6.3
Update to the latest stable release.

This fixes a segfault and build failure seen compiling the 5.10 kernel
for x86/64. With this update, builds complete and sparse generates the
usual large volume of warnings as on 5.4 kernels.

Reported-by: Javier Marcet <javier@marcet.info>
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
2021-03-19 00:59:22 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
4d9f69322c tools: otrx: allow own magic
This allows to specify an own magic instead of using the default magic
value TRX_MAGIC. If no own magic is specified the default one will be
used.

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2021-03-15 16:57:34 +01:00
Daniel Golle
00a326a736
firmware-utils/ptgen: remove unused variable assignment
Discovered by coverty:

 CID 1473630:  Code maintainability issues  (UNUSED_VALUE)

 Assigning value from "type_to_guid_and_name(type, &name)" to
 "part_guid" here, but that stored value is overwritten before it can
 be used.

Remove the now redundant assignment of part_guid which is also set
conditionally later on.

Fixes: 4a078bd135 ("firmware-utils/ptgen: fix partition guid and name")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2021-03-14 21:59:58 +00:00
Tony Ambardar
bf4aa0c6a2 tools/libelf: remove unneeded host library
This old ELF library dating to 2009 used to be necessary on MacOS but
is not required for building the kernel or tools since [1]. On Linux
systems, libelf is already an OpenWRT build-system prerequisite [2].

Presence of the older library can mask or conflict with the system libelf
and lead to build errors, as seen compiling Linux kernels since v5.8 or
host tools such as dwarves (e.g. pahole).

Remove the unnecessary tools/libelf library and avoid the related issues.

[1] 5f8e587240 ("build: force disable stack validation during kernel build
                 on non-linux systems")
[2] https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-developer/build-system/install-buildsystem#prerequisites

Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com> (Linux)
Tested-by: Georgi Valkov <gvalkov@abv.bg> (MacOS)
Signed-off-by: Tony Ambardar <itugrok@yahoo.com>
2021-03-13 22:20:02 +00:00
Daniel Golle
ce19e8fa43
tools: mkimage: add patches for 64-bit MediaTek BootROM
Add patches for mkimage to allow using it instead of the binary-only
'bromimage' tool to generate bl2 for MT7622.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2021-03-11 16:24:20 +00:00
Oskari Lemmela
87406bbc09 firmware-utils/ptgen: change GPT to LBA addressing
Do not align partitions with sectors. Only kb align
for GPT is supported.

Use 254 heads and 63 sectors for PMBR.

Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
2021-03-03 01:00:23 +00:00
Oskari Lemmela
460dd2fe28 firmware-utils/ptgen: add support for hybrid MBR
Adding -H option copies partition to MBR after pmbr entry.
Max 3 partitions can be copied to MBR.

Hybrid MBR is needed only in special cases.
For example mt7622 SD card boot needs MBR entry with boot
flag enabled.

Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
2021-03-03 01:00:23 +00:00
Oskari Lemmela
4a078bd135 firmware-utils/ptgen: fix partition guid and name
guid and name function should be called before storing
partition info.

Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
2021-03-03 01:00:23 +00:00
Oskari Lemmela
46c411e0b3 firmware-utils/ptgen: fix compile warnings
remove extra arguments from printf message

Signed-off-by: Oskari Lemmela <oskari@lemmela.net>
2021-03-03 01:00:23 +00:00
Daniel Golle
c58005a943 tools/xxd: fix source URL
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2021-03-01 16:39:17 +00:00
Daniel Golle
2b94aac7a1
tools: xxd: use more convenient source tarball
Don't download all of vim just to build xxd. Use a tight tarball
containing only xxd sources instead.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2021-03-01 14:06:33 +00:00
Daniel Golle
c4dd2441e7
tools: add xxd (from vim)
U-Boot requires xxd to create the default environment from an external
file as done in uboot-mediatek.
Build xxd (only, not the rest of vim) as part of tools to make sure it
is present on the buildhost.

Reported-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2021-02-28 19:27:47 +00:00
Daniel Golle
049ac36b2f firmware-utils/ptgen: set GPT partition attributes and name
Allow setting GPT partition names as used by TF-A bl2 to identify the
FIP volume to load from eMMC and SD-card.
While at it, also allow setting 'required' attribute as it should be
used for volumes which are essential for the system to boot.
Also properly handle setting the LEGACY_BOOT flag on the partition
selected as 'active', as this is how it is specified in the spec.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2021-02-28 01:23:48 +00:00
David Bauer
ad54e32651 tools: add cpio
mediatek-mt7622 as well as mediatek-mt7623 require CPIO to create their
initramfs images. So build CPIO as part of the host toolchain.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-02-28 00:09:09 +00:00
David Bauer
9a9cf40dd9 download: add mirror alias for Debian
Add an alias for Debian packages and download them from the Debian
mirror redirector.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-02-26 20:41:00 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
1e75909a35 ramips: mt7621: add TP-Link EAP235-Wall support
The TP-Link EAP235-Wall is a wall-mounted, PoE-powered AC1200 access
point with four gigabit ethernet ports.

When connecting to the device's serial port, it is strongly advised to
use an isolated UART adapter. This prevents linking different power
domains created by the PoE power supply, which may damage your devices.

The device's U-Boot supports saving modified environments with
`saveenv`. However, there is no u-boot-env partition, and saving
modifications will cause the partition table to be overwritten. This is
not an issue for running OpenWrt, but will prevent the vendor FW from
functioning properly.

Device specifications:
* SoC: MT7621DAT
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (MT7603EN): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (MT7613BEN): a/n/ac, 2x2
* Ethernet: 4× GbE
  * Back side: ETH0, PoE PD port
  * Bottom side: ETH1, ETH2, ETH3
* Single white device LED
* LED button, reset button (available for failsafe)
* PoE pass-through on port ETH3 (enabled with GPIO)

Datasheet of the flash chip specifies a maximum frequency of 33MHz, but
that didn't work. 20MHz gives no errors with reading (flash dump) or
writing (sysupgrade).

Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware uses the same MAC address for ethernet (on device label)
and 2.4GHz wireless. The 5GHz wireless address is incremented by one.
This address is stored in the 'info' ('default-mac') partition at an
offset of 8 bytes.
From OEM ifconfig:
    eth     a4:2b:b0:...:88
    ra0     a4:2b:b0:...:88
    rai0    a4:2b:b0:...:89

Flashing instructions:
* Enable SSH in the web interface, and SSH into the target device
* run `cliclientd stopcs`, this should return "success"
* upload the factory image via the web interface

Debricking:
U-boot can be interrupted during boot, serial console is 57600 baud, 8n1
This allows installing a sysupgrade image, or fixing the device in
another way.
* Access serial header from the side of the board, close to ETH3,
  pin-out is (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V), with pin 1 closest to ETH3.
* Interrupt bootloader by holding '4' during boot, which drops the
  bootloader into its shell
* Change default 'serverip' and 'ipaddr' variables (optional)
* Download initramfs with `tftpboot`, and boot image with `bootm`
    # tftpboot 84000000 openwrt-initramfs.bin
    # bootm

Revert to stock:
Using the tplink-safeloader utility from the firmware-utils package,
TP-Link's firmware image can be converted to an OpenWrt-compatible
sysupgrade image:
  $ ./staging_dir/host/bin/tplink-safeloader -B EAP235-WALL-V1 \
      -z EAP235-WALLv1_XXX_up_signed.bin -o eap235-sysupgrade.bin

This can then be flashed using the OpenWrt sysupgrade interface. The
image will appear to be incompatible and must be force flashed, without
keeping the current configuration.

Known issues:
- DFS support is incomplete (known issue with MT7613)
- MT7613 radio may stop responding when idling, reboot required.
  This was an issue with the ddc75ff704 version of mt76, but appears to
  have improved/disappeared with bc3963764d.
  Error notice example:
  [ 7099.554067] mt7615e 0000:02:00.0: Message 73 (seq 1) timeout

Hardware was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.

Tested-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2021-02-19 14:00:08 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
1da945b760 tools/fakeroot: fix build regression on macOS
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2021-02-15 19:58:54 +01:00
Ilya Lipnitskiy
43dc26af63 fakeroot: fix to work with glibc 2.33
The following commit removed _STAT_VER definitions from glibc:
https://sourceware.org/git/?p=glibc.git;a=commitdiff;h=8ed005daf0ab03e142500324a34087ce179ae78e

That subsequently broke fakeroot:
https://bugs.archlinux.org/task/69572
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1889862#c13
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/unable-to-build-toolchain-fakeroot-fails-perhaps-others-after-it/87966

Make the patch based on Jan Pazdziora's suggestion from here:
https://lists.fedoraproject.org/archives/list/devel@lists.fedoraproject.org/message/SMQ3RYXEYTVZH6PLQMKNB3NM4XLPMNZO/

Add wrappers for newly exported symbols in glibc.

Apply patch from Debian to fix warnings in fts_read and fts_children:
https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=676428
https://sources.debian.org/patches/fakeroot/1.25.3-1.1/eglibc-fts-without-LFS/

Fix __xmknod{,at} dev pointer argument. Switch default to assume * and
not the absence of *. On glibc 2.33+, there is no definition for these
functions in header files, so the compile test doesn't work. But, we
can default to using the pointer (as is the case with newer glibc), and
use the header file on older platforms to fail the test and use no pointer.

Tested on my x86_64 Arch Linux machine, fakeroot unit tests pass.
Also tested by building various .ipks and examining the tar contents, to
ensure that the owner uid/gid was 0/0.

Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
2021-02-15 07:39:43 +01:00
Ilya Lipnitskiy
0052daae60 tools/patchelf: bump to use latest master
Recent ABI_VERSION commits make use of patchelf. It was discovered that
with patchelf 0.10(and even 0.12) various big endian targets fail to
link against libubox SO that was processed through patchelf. Using
latest master patchelf fixes those link errors.

Potential commits affecting big-endian processing
884eccc4f0
d148bae6c1

Recent builds with failures:
http://buildbot.openwrt.org/master/images/builders/lantiq%2Fxrx200/builds/682
http://buildbot.openwrt.org/master/images/builders/ath79%2Fmikrotik/builds/449

Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lipnitskiy <ilya.lipnitskiy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2021-02-15 07:12:51 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
e6ccb40ba5 tools: mkimage: Update U-Boot to version 2021.01
* The fit image is now created with 0666 permission in upstream U-Boot
  remove our patch switch creates it with 0744
* The generated/autoconf.h file is created now as an empty file, it is
  not needed to remove this include any more.
* Upstream lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c now includes stdlib.h instead of malloc.h
* ALIGN_MASK was moved to imagetool.h, own patch should not be needed
  any more.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2021-02-08 22:46:27 +01:00
Paul Spooren
8286f3a3d3 treewide: unify OpenWrt hosted source via @OPENWRT
Multiple sources are hosted on OpenWrts source server only. The source
URLs to point to the server vary based on different epochs in OpenWrts
history.

Replace all by @OPENWRT which is an "empty" mirror, therefore using the
fallback servers sources.cdn.openwrt.org and sources.openwrt.org.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2021-02-05 12:00:24 -10:00
Alexey Kunitskiy
8d4afab0ab tplink-safeloader: add support for TP-Link Archer A7 v5 (RU)
Although provided in separate zip archives, the firmwares for EU
and RU version are byte-identical. This adds the missing ID compared
to the support-list in the vendor firmware.

Note (since I checked it anyway):

Partitions and support list are unchanged for all three existing
firmware versions:

  * 20200721-rel40773
  * 20201029-rel43238
  * 20201120-rel50399

Signed-off-by: Alexey Kunitskiy <alexey.kv@gmail.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2021-02-05 21:57:20 +01:00
Rosen Penev
ec0c6c1143 tools/zstd: compile with cmake
It's faster and more reliable.

Removed ccache cmake build dependency as it's now implicit.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-01-30 18:14:50 -10:00
Rosen Penev
7534c8a2e1 tools/zstd: update to 1.4.8
Switch to the normal tarball instead of the codeload generated one. The
latter has the potential to change hashes based on changes in the repo.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2021-01-30 18:14:50 -10:00
Rafał Miłecki
c31f797527 firmware-utils: bcm4908asus: tool inserting Asus tail into BCM4908 image
Asus looks for an extra data at the end of BCM4908 image, right before
the BCM4908 tail. It needs to be properly filled to make Asus accept
firmware image.

This tool constructs such a tail, writes it and updates CRC32 in BCM4908
tail accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-01-22 20:10:38 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
eaca08ab58 firmware-utils: bcm4908img: tool adding BCM4908 image tail
Flashing image with BCM4908 CFE bootloader requires specific firmware
format. It needs 20 extra bytes with magic numbers and CRC32 appended.

This tools allows appending such a tail to the specified image and also
verifying CRC32 of existing BCM4908 image.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-01-18 07:39:09 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
6e7ca70449 firmware-utils: bcm4908kernel: tool adding BCM4908 kernel header
BCM4908 CFE bootloader requires kernel to be prepended with a custom
header. This simple tool implements support for such headers.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2021-01-15 07:44:46 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
3fd070e089 tools/fakeroot: fix build regression on macOS
AT_EMPTY_PATH and AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT does not exist there

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2021-01-14 14:01:57 +01:00
David Bauer
af49ae7d23 zstd: fix package source
It looks like GitHub changed the URL path for release tarballs, thus the
download for the zstd package was always falling back to the OpenWrt
sources mirror.

Fix the GitHub URL for one which works. The file hash remains unchanged.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2021-01-14 01:05:48 +01:00
Thomas Nixon
c625c821d1 tools/ccache: find libzstd using rpath
Previously, ccache would end up using the system libzstd, which is not
supposed to be a build requirement.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
2021-01-10 21:40:23 -10:00
Paul Spooren
5876ba6460 qemu: remove obsolete package
Instead of using an ancient qemu version in-tree the building machine
should just have qemu-utils installed.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2021-01-10 12:29:23 -10:00
Sven Wegener
936220186d tools/cmake: always use non-ccache CC and CXX variables
cmake is a dependency of ccache, which means it is build before ccache
is available and hence must be build with non-ccache CC and CXX. It
currently works, because the cmake build system splits the compiler
variable and treats them as multiple compilers to check.

For "ccache gcc" it first tests for "ccache", which always fails,
because ccache is not a compiler by itself, even if it is available, and
then ends up calling "gcc" alone, effectively never using ccache.

Let's make this explicit by forcing the use of non-ccache CC and CXX.

Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
2021-01-06 21:44:56 -10:00
Syrone Wong
f34f4a6665 tools/fakeroot: update to 1.25.3
use PKG_FIXUP:=autoreconf to generate configure
200-hide-dlsym-error.patch deleted due to fixed upstream in another way
other patches refreshed to reflect latest changes

Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
2021-01-05 08:59:31 -10:00
Gary Cooper
1a775a4fd0 ipq806x: add support for TP-Link Talon AD7200
Device hardware: https://deviwiki.com/wiki/TP-LINK_AD7200_(Talon)

The Talon AD7200 is basically an Archer C2600 with a third PCIe lane
and an 802.11ad radio. It looks like the Archers C2600/5400 but the
housing is slightly larger.

Specifications
--------------

  - IPQ8064 dual-core 1400MHz
  - QCA9988 2.4GHz WiFi
  - QCA9990 5GHz WiFi
  - QCA9500 60GHz WiFi
  - 32MB SPI Flash
  - 512MiB RAM
  - 5 GBit Ports (QCA8337)

Installation
------------

Installation is possible from the OEM web interface.
Sysupgrade is possible.
TFTP recovery is possible.
  - Image: AD7200_1.0_tp_recovery.bin

Notes
  - This will be the first 802.11ad device supported by mainline.

Signed-off-by: Gary Cooper <gaco@bitmessage.de>
2021-01-05 02:16:24 +00:00
Sven Wegener
c5d033a34d tools/fakeroot: remove undefined symbol messages
glibc started to return errors from dlerror() for dlsym() lookup failures which
results in a lot of messages from fakeroot like

dlsym(acl_get_fd): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_get_fd
dlsym(acl_get_file): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_get_file
dlsym(acl_set_fd): staging_dir/host/lib/libfakeroot.so: undefined symbol: acl_set_fd

when building OpenWrt using a recent glibc. Use the patch from the upstream
Debian package to silence these messages.

Link: https://bugs.debian.org/830912
Fixes: FS#3393
Signed-off-by: Sven Wegener <sven.wegener@stealer.net>
2020-12-31 12:09:09 -10:00
Rosen Penev
31554e50d2 ccache: update to 4.1
Upstream switched to building with CMake. Adjust accordingly.

Reapplied patch as upstream changed the file format.

Added HOST_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.

Added cmake tool dependency and removed circular dependencies as a
result.

Adjusted dependent tools to use NOCACHE as they are needed to build
ccache.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-12-31 10:03:21 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
67790f5695 Revert "ccache: update to 4.1"
This reverts commit b1952dc259 as it's
causing issues on the buildbot which uses some kind of ccache wrapper
and so the breakage needs to be investigated further:

 bash: cmake: command not found
 time: tools/ccache/compile#0.05#0.03#0.15
     ERROR: tools/ccache failed to build.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-12-22 20:55:40 +01:00
Andrew Pikler
40437b18f4 firmware: add tool for signing d-link ru router factory firmware images
Some Russian d-link routers require that their firmware be signed with a
salted md5 checksum followed by the bytes 0x00 0xc0 0xff 0xee. This tool
signs factory images the OEM's firmware accepts them.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Pikler <andrew.pikler@gmail.com>
2020-12-22 19:11:50 +01:00
Roman Kuzmitskii
491ae3357e ath79: add support for Ubiquiti airCube AC
The Ubiquiti Network airCube AC is a cube shaped device supporting
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with internal 2x2 MIMO antennas.
It can be powered with either one of:
 - 24v power supply with 3.0mm x 1.0mm barrel plug
 - 24v passive PoE on first LAN port
There are four 10/100/1000 Mbps ports (1 * WAN + 3 * LAN).
First LAN port have optional PoE passthrough to the WAN port.

SoC:       Qualcomm / Atheros AR9342
RAM:       64 MB DDR2
Flash:     16 MB SPI NOR
Ethernet:  4x 10/100/1000 Mbps (1 WAN + 3 LAN)
LEDS:      1x via a SPI controller (not yet supported)
Buttons:   1x Reset
Serial:    1x (only RX and TX); 115200 baud, 8N1

Missing features:
 - LED control is not supported

Physical to internal switch port mapping:
 - physical port #1 (poe in) = switchport 2
 - physical port #2 = switchport 3
 - physical port #3 = switchport 5
 - physical port #4 (wan/poe out) = switchport 4

Factory update is tested and is the same as for Ubiquiti AirCube ISP
hence the shared configuration between that devices.

Signed-off-by: Roman Kuzmitskii <damex.pp@icloud.com>
2020-12-22 19:11:50 +01:00
Rosen Penev
c0e6b785f0 tools/pkgconf: update to 1.7.3
Remove upstreamed patch.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-12-22 18:59:10 +01:00
Rosen Penev
b1952dc259 ccache: update to 4.1
Upstream switched to building with CMake. Adjust accordingly.

Reapplied patch as upstream changed the file format.

Added HOST_BUILD_PARALLEL for faster compilation.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-12-22 18:59:10 +01:00
Rosen Penev
5950397e14 tools/libressl: update to 3.3.1
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-12-18 20:44:43 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
bfc433efd4 tools/cmake: update to 3.19.1
Update cmake to version 3.19.1

Release notes: https://cmake.org/cmake/help/v3.19/release/3.19.html

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-12-15 20:35:00 +01:00
Gioacchino Mazzurco
33ad097606 tplink-safeloader: add support for TP-Link CPE510 v3.20
This adds new strings for the v3.20 to the support list of the
already supported TP-Link CPE510 v3.

The underlying hardware appears to be the same, similar to the
situation with CPE210 v3.20 in 4a2380a1e7 ("tplink-safeloader:
expand support list for TP-Link CPE210 v3")

Signed-off-by: Gioacchino Mazzurco <gio@altermundi.net>
[extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-12-14 15:19:39 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
cb38170f4c
firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: refactor meta-partition padding
Because some padding values in the TP-Link safeloader image generation
were hardcoded, different values were sometimes used throughout a
factory image. TP-Link's upgrade images use the same value everywhere,
so let's do the same here.

Although a lot of TP-Link's safeloader images have padded partition
payloads, images for the EAP-series of AC devices don't. This padding is
therefore also made optional.

By replacing the type of the padding value byte with a wider datatype,
new values outside of the previously valid range become available. Use
these new values to denote that padding should not be performed.
Because char might be signed, also replace the char literals by a
numeric literal. Otherwise '\xff' might be sign extended to 0xffff.

This results in factory images differing by 1 byte for:
* C2600
* ARCHER-C5-V2
* ARCHERC9
* TLWA850REV2
* TLWA855REV1
* TL-WPA8630P-V2-EU
* TL-WPA8630P-V2-INT
* TL-WPA8630P-V2.1-EU
* TLWR1043NDV4
* TL-WR902AC-V1
* TLWR942NV1
* RE200-V2
* RE200-V3
* RE220-V2
* RE305-V1
* RE350-V1
* RE350K-V1
* RE355
* RE450
* RE450-V2
* RE450-V3
* RE500-V1
* RE650-V1

The following factory images no longer have padding, shrinking the
factory images by a few bytes for:
* EAP225-OUTDOOR-V1
* EAP225-V3
* EAP225-WALL-V2
* EAP245-V1
* EAP245-V3

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-12-07 01:57:19 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
1a211af2cb firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: refactor meta-partition generation
TP-Link safeloader firmware images contain a number of (small)
partitions with information about the device. These consist of:
* The data length as a 32-bit integer
* A 32-bit zero padding
* The partition data, with its length set in the first field

The OpenWrt factory image partitions that follow this structure are
soft-version, support-list, and extra-para. Refactor the code to put all
common logic into one allocation call, and let the rest of the data be
filled in by the original functions.

Due to the extra-para changes, this patch results in factory images that
change by 2 bytes (not counting the checksum) for three devices:
* ARCHER-A7-V5
* ARCHER-C7-V4
* ARCHER-C7-V5

These were the devices where the extra-para blob didn't match the common
format. The hardcoded data also didn't correspond to TP-Link's (recent)
upgrade images, which actually matches the meta-partition format.

A padding byte is also added to the extra-para partition for EAP245-V3.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-12-07 01:55:28 +01:00
Andre Heider
b0cb305236 tools: always create $STAGING_DIR/usr/{include,lib}
rules.mk always passes these as -I/-L to the toolchain.

Fixes rare errors like:
cc1: error: staging_dir/target-aarch64_cortex-a53_musl/usr/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]

Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-11-27 14:46:13 +01:00
Rui Salvaterra
3f567d8452 tools/sstrip: update to latest version
Drop our local sstrip copy and use the current ELFKickers upstream
version.

Patch the original makefile in order to avoid building elftoc, since it
fails with musl's elf.h. This is fine, since we only need sstrip anyway.

Finally, add the possibility to pass additional arguments to sstrip and
pass -z (remove trailing zeros) by default, which matches the behaviour
of the previous version.

Signed-off-by: Rui Salvaterra <rsalvaterra@gmail.com>
[shorten long commit msg lines]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-11-26 12:44:25 -10:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
bc64b9c32e treewide: update email address of Tomasz Maciej Nowak
Replace my o2.pl email address.

I'm still available at the old address.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
[rephrase commit title/message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-11-24 15:39:07 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
b0ecae504b ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225 v3
TP-Link EAP225 v3 is an AC1350 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. Serial port access for debricking requires fine soldering.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MINO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE

Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
      Do NOT bridge R230.
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via LuCI web interface
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM boot log:

    Using interface ath0 with hwaddr b0:...:3e and ssid "..."
    Using interface ath10 with hwaddr b0:...:3f and ssid "..."

Tested by forum user blinkstar88

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
4f86edf477 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1
TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor v1 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) pole or wall
mount access point. Debricking requires access to the serial port, which
is non-trivial.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* Memory: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 2x2
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9886): a/n/ac 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, PoE

Flashing instructions:
* ssh into target device with recent (>= v1.6.0) firmware
* run `cliclientd stopcs` on target device
* upload factory image via web interface

Debricking:
To recover the device, you need access to the serial port. This requires
fine soldering to test points, or the use of probe pins.
* Open the case and solder wires to the test points: RXD, TXD and TPGND4
  * Use a 3.3V UART, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding ctrl+B during boot
* upload initramfs via built-in tftp client and perform sysupgrade
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From stock ifconfig:

    ath0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E
    ath10     Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2F
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr D8:...:2E

Tested by forum user PolynomialDivision on firmware v1.7.0.
UART access tested by forum user arinc9.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Sander Vanheule
b11ad48764 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP245 v1
TP-Link EAP245 v1 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-1) ceiling mount access point.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 3x3
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9880): a/n/ac, 3x3
* Ethernet (AR8033): 1× 1GbE, 802.3at PoE

Flashing instructions:
* Upgrade the device to firmware v1.4.0 if necessary
* Exploit the user management page in the web interface to start telnetd
  by changing the username to `;/usr/sbin/telnetd -l/bin/sh&`.
* Immediately change the malformed username back to something valid
  (e.g. 'admin') to make ssh work again.
* Use the root shell via telnet to make /tmp world writeable (chmod 777)
* Extract /usr/bin/uclited from the device via ssh and apply the binary
  patch listed below. The patch is required to prevent `uclited -u` in
  the last step from crashing.
* Copy the patched uclited programme back to the device at /tmp/uclited
  (via ssh)
* Upload the factory image to /tmp/upgrade.bin (via ssh)
* Run `chmod +x /tmp/uclited && /tmp/uclited -u` to install OpenWrt.

    --- xxd uclited
    +++ xxd uclited-patched
    @@ -53796,7 +53796,7 @@
     000d2240: 8c44 0000 0320 f809 0000 0000 8fbc 0010  .D... ..........
     000d2250: 8fa6 0a4c 02c0 2821 8f82 87b8 0000 0000  ...L..(!........
    -000d2260: 8c44 0000 0c13 45e0 27a7 0018 8fbc 0010  .D....E.'.......
    +000d2260: 8c44 0000 2402 0000 0000 0000 8fbc 0010  .D..$...........
     000d2270: 1040 001d 0000 1821 8f99 8374 3c04 0058  .@.....!...t<..X
     000d2280: 3c05 0056 2484 a898 24a5 9a30 0320 f809  <..V$...$..0. ..

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J3 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R225 (TXD) and R237 (RXD).
      Do NOT bridge R230.
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via the LuCI web interface
    setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1 # default, change as required
    setenv serverip 192.168.1.10 # default, change as required
    tftp 0x80800000 initramfs.bin
    bootelf $fileaddr

Tested on the EAP245 v1 running the latest firmware (v1.4.0). The binary
patch might not apply to uclited from other firmware versions.

EAP245 v1 device support was originally developed and maintained by
Julien Dusser out-of-tree. This patch and "ath79: prepare for 1-port
TP-Link EAP2x5 devices" are based on that work.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-11-23 22:53:15 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
39fa0c0959 tools/mpc: update to 1.2.1
Update mpc to 1.2.1

http://www.multiprecision.org/mpc/
  Bug fixes:
    Fix an incompatibility problem with GMP 6.0 and before.
    Fix an intermediate overflow in asin.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-11-21 18:49:27 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
c977bd033e tools/gmp: update to 6.2.1
Update gmp to 6.2.1

Release notes: https://gmplib.org/gmp6.2

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-11-21 18:49:17 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
9d5eceae91 tools/bison: update to 3.7.4
Update bison to 3.7.4

Release notes:
http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/bison.git/tree/NEWS?id=7a11a9308cb

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-11-21 18:49:08 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
7d03e90390 tools/cmake: update to 3.18.5
Update cmake to 3.18.5

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-11-21 18:48:59 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
a233e3a9af tools/expat: update to 2.2.10
Update expat to 2.2.10

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-11-21 18:48:39 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
6c2ef55e69 tools/bc: use autoreconf to fix build failure on macOS with recent Xcode versions
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-14 14:48:30 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
a99f88a186 tools/libelf: use autoreconf to fix build failure on macOS with recent Xcode versions
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-14 14:48:30 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
0fd214d89f tools/fakeroot: fix build on macOS with recent Xcode versions
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-11-14 14:48:30 +01:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
65f3e7ce1f firmware-utils: fix mistake and improve logic in nec-enc
this patch fixes/improves follows:

- PATTERN_LEN is defined as a macro but unused
- redundant logic in count-up for "ptn"

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
2020-11-12 18:19:44 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
d4521fb132 tools: fakeroot: rework relocatable patch to avoid LD_LIBRARY_PATH usage
Due to the use of LD_LIBRARY_PATH, the programs running in the fakeroot
environment may end up loading bundled SDK libraries using the system
ld.so.

Rework the relocatability patch to avoid meddling with LD_LIBRARY_PATH
and construct the paths to faked and libfakeroot.so directly.

Fixes: f93cb5c2c8 ("fakeroot: make fakeroot script relocatable")
Reviewed-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2020-11-10 08:31:10 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
f93cb5c2c8 fakeroot: make fakeroot script relocatable
Patch the fakeroot script template to discover faked and libfakeroot.so
relative to the STAGING_DIR_HOST environment variable, similar to how it
is done for automake, libtool, quilt and autoconf already.

This avoids the need for passing the paths to faked and libfakeroot.so
manually every time we invoke fakeroot and subsequently allows us to
drop OS X specific logic.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2020-10-30 00:39:09 +00:00
Richard Fröhning
33b76d66d1 ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v4
TP-Link RE200 v4 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas.
It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2/v3.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
- UART connection holes on PCB (57600 8n1)

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:

LAN : *:8E
2.4G: *:8D
5G  : *:8C

MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.

The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Recovery
--------

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

Instructions for serial console and recovery may be checked out in
commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on
the device's Wiki page.

Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[removed empty line, fix commit message formatting]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-10-20 03:01:13 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
e3af1666f4 ath79: rename TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2 (EU) to v2.0 (EU)
Since we have a v2.1 (EU) with different partitioning now, rename
the v2.0 to make the difference visible to the user more directly.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-04 15:44:05 +02:00
Joe Mullally
7422c7a6fa ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) v2.1
This adds support for the TP-Link TL-WPA8630P (EU) in its v2.1
version. The only unique aspect for the firmware compared to v2
layout is the partition layout.

Note that while the EU version has different partitioning for
v2.0 and v2.1, the v2.1 (AU) is supported by the v2-int image.

If you plan to use this device, make sure you have a look at
the Wiki page to check whether the device is supported and
which image needs to be taken.

Specifications
--------------

  - QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
  - QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
  - 8MiB SPI Flash
  - 128MiB RAM
  - 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
  - PLC (QCA7550)

Installation
------------

Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.

Notes
-----

The OEM firmware has 0x620000 to 0x680000 unassigned, so we leave
this empty as well. It is complicated enough already ...

Signed-off-by: Joe Mullally <jwmullally@gmail.com>
[improve partitions, use v2 DTSI, add entry in 02_network, rewrite
and extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-10-04 15:44:05 +02:00
Yuan Tao
649e098ec0 tools/libressl: update to 3.2.1
libressl update to 3.2.1
Delete 001-dont-build-tests-man.patch
Add configure args :
--enable-static
--disable-tests

The patch (001-dont-build-tests-man.patch) no longer works with the current version.
Follow the patch notes:
Adding the --enable-static and --disable-tests parameters should replace the patch.

Signed-off-by: Yuan Tao <ty@wevs.org>
2020-09-18 20:08:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
0b1cdb7eea treewide: remove empty default cases
There is no apparent reason to have an empty default case.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-17 12:46:19 +02:00
Sander Vanheule
c9f51a9ad6 ath79: support for TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2
TP-Link EAP225-Wall v2 is an AC1200 (802.11ac Wave-2) wall plate access
point. UART access and debricking require fine soldering.

The device was kindly provided for porting by Stijn Segers.

Device specifications:
* SoC: QCA9561 @ 775MHz
* RAM: 128MiB DDR2
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR (GD25Q127CSIG)
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n, 2x2
* Wireless 5Ghz (QCA9886): a/n/ac, 2x2 MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (SoC): 4× 100Mbps
  * Eth0 (back): 802.3af/at PoE in
  * Eth1, Eth2 (bottom)
  * Eth3 (bottom): PoE out (can be toggled by GPIO)
* One status LED
* Two buttons (both work as failsafe)
  * LED button, implemented as KEY_BRIGHTNESS_TOGGLE
  * Reset button

Flashing instructions, requires recent firmware (tested on 1.20.0):
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* Upgrade with factory image via web interface

Debricking:
* Serial port can be soldered on PCB J4 (1: TXD, 2: RXD, 3: GND, 4: VCC)
    * Bridge unpopulated resistors R162 (TXD) and R165 (RXD)
      Do NOT bridge R164
    * Use 3.3V, 115200 baud, 8n1
* Interrupt bootloader by holding CTRL+B during boot
* tftp initramfs to flash via sysupgrade or LuCI web interface

MAC addresses:
MAC address (as on device label) is stored in device info partition at
an offset of 8 bytes. ath9k device has same address as ethernet, ath10k
uses address incremented by 1.
From OEM ifconfig:
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 50:...:04
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 50:...:04
    wifi0     Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 50-...-04-...
    wifi1     Link encap:UNSPEC  HWaddr 50-...-05-...

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
[fix IMAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-12 19:37:24 +02:00
Sander Vanheule
9dd4ba3d7e ath79: add support for TP-Link EAP245-v3
TP-Link EAP245 v3 is an AC1750 (802.11ac Wave-2) ceiling mount access
point. UART access (for debricking) requires non-trivial soldering.

Specifications:
* SoC: QCA9563 (CPU/DDR/AHB @ 775/650/258 MHz)
* RAM: 128MiB
* Flash: 16MiB SPI-NOR
* Wireless 2.4GHz (SoC): b/g/n 3x3
* Wireless 5GHz (QCA9982): a/n/ac 3x3 with MU-MIMO
* Ethernet (QCA8337N switch): 2× 1GbE, ETH1 (802.3at PoE) and ETH2
* Green and amber status LEDs
* Reset switch (GPIO, available for failsafe)

Flashing instructions:
All recent firmware versions (latest is 2.20.0), can disable firmware
signature verification and use a padded firmware file to flash OpenWrt:
* ssh into target device and run `cliclientd stopcs`
* upload factory image via web interface

The stopcs-method is supported from firmware version 2.3.0. Earlier
versions need to be upgraded to a newer stock version before flashing
OpenWrt.

Factory images for these devices are RSA signed by TP-Link. While the
signature verification can be disabled, the factory image still needs to
have a (fake) 1024 bit signature added to pass file checks.

Debricking instructions:
You can recover using u-boot via the serial port:
* Serial port is available from J3 (1:TX, 2:RX, 3:GND, 4:3.3V)
* Bridge R237 to connect RX, located next to J3
* Bridge R225 to connect TX, located inside can on back-side of board
* Serial port is 115200 baud, 8n1, interrupt u-boot by holding ctrl+B
* Upload initramfs with tftp and upgrade via OpenWrt

Device mac addresses:
Stock firmware has the same mac address for 2.4GHz wireless and
ethernet, 5GHz is incremented by one. The base mac address is stored in
the 'default-mac' partition (offset 0x90000) at an offset of 8 bytes.
ART blobs contain no mac addresses.
From OEM ifconfig:
    ath0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2
    ath10     Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E3
    br0       Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2
    eth0      Link encap:Ethernet  HWaddr 74:..:E2

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
Tested-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2020-09-09 20:42:10 +03:00
Sander Vanheule
14464e1128 firmware-utils/tplink-safeloader: add compat level
TP-Link has introduced a compatibility level to prevent certain
downgrades. This information is stored in the soft-version partition,
changing the data length from 0xc to 0x10.

The compatibility level doesn't change frequently. For example, it has
the following values for the EAP245v3 (released 2018-Q4):
* FW v2.2.0  (2019-05-30): compat_level=0
* FW v2.3.0  (2019-07-31): compat_level=0
* FW v2.3.1  (2019-10-29): compat_level=1
* FW v2.20.0 (2020-04-23): compat_level=1

Empty flash values (0xffffffff) are interpreted as compat_level=0.
If a firmware upgrade file has a soft-version block without
compatibility level (data length < 0x10), this is also interpreted as
compat_level=0.

By including a high enough compatibility level in factory images, stock
firmware can be convinced to accept the image. A compatibility level
aware firmware will keep the original value.

Example upgrade log of TP-Link EAP245v3 FWv2.3.0 to FWv2.20.0:
    [NM_Debug](nm_fwup_verifyFwupFile) 02073: curSoftVer:2.3.0 Build
        20190731 Rel. 51932,newSoftVer:2.20.0 Build 20200423 Rel. 36779
    ...
    AddiHardwareVer check: NEW(0x1) >= CUR(0x0), Success.
    ...
    [NM_NOTICE](updateDataToNvram) 00575: Restore old additionalHardVer:
    0x0.(new 0x1)
    [NM_NOTICE](updateDataToNvram) 00607: PTN 07: name = soft-version,
        base = 0x00092000, size = 0x00000100 Bytes, upDataType = 1,
        upDataStart = 7690604b, upDataLen = 00000018
    [NM_Debug](updateDataToNvram) 00738: PTN 07: write bytes = 000002eb

Other firmware upgrades have been observed to modify the compabitility
stored level (e.g. TP-Link EAP225-Outdoor FWv1.4.1 to FWv1.7.0).
Therefore, it seems to be the safest option to set the OpenWrt
compatibility level to the highest known value instead of the highest
possible value (0xfffffffe), to ensure users do not get unexpectedly
refused firmware upgrades when using a device reverted back to stock.

To remain compatible with existing devices and not produce different
images, the image builder doesn't store a compatibility level if it is
zero.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-09-09 20:41:50 +03:00
Sander Vanheule
6985a26e59 firmware-utils/tplink-safeloader: soft-version magic is data length
The soft-version partition actually contains a header and trailing data:
* header: {data length, [zero]}
* data: {version, bcd encoded date, revision}

The data length is currently treated as a magic number, but should
contain the length of the partition data.

This header is also present the following partitions (non-exhaustive):
* string-based soft-version
* support-list

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-09-09 20:41:50 +03:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
6485f521c9 tools: fakeroot: use TCP as IPC transport
Some environments, e.g. first gen WSL, do not support SysV IPC.
Enforce the use of TCP transport instead which should be universally
available.

Fixes: FS#3317
Ref: https://github.com/microsoft/WSL/issues/4067
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2020-09-09 13:33:50 +02:00
Daniel Golle
97096531bb fakeroot: add license information
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2020-09-08 15:02:52 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
94198e2a1c rb532: drop target
This target is still on kernel 4.14, and recent attempts to move it to
kernel 5.4 have not led to success. The device tester reported that it
wouldn't boot with the following messages:

From sysupgrade:

  Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
  loading kernel from nand... OK
  setting up elf image... OK
  jumping to kernel code

At this point the system hangs.

From CompactFlash:

  Press any key within 4 seconds to enter setup....
  Booting CF
  Loading kernel... done
  setting up elf image... kernel out of range kernel loading failed

The tester reported that the same was observed with current master
(kernel 4.14) as well. This looks like some kernel size restriction.

Since this target is quite old and only supports one device, and since
nobody else seemed interested in working on this for quite some time,
I decided to not put further work into analyzing the problem and drop
this together with the other 4.14-only targets.

Patchwork series:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/openwrt/list/?series=197066&state=*

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
edb5d2a320 tools: sort alphabetically
This sorts the added tools and builddir dependencies alphabetically
to make it easier to find something in the Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
48905af01d tools: drop unused upslug2 and wrt350nv2-builder
These tools have been used by the orion target which has been
removed in Jan 2020 [1].

Both were specifically meant for the WRT350Nv2, which is not
supported anymore.

So, let's remove them as well.

[1] 89f2deb372 ("orion: remove unmaintained target")

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-09-02 16:29:22 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
7f0cb91d71 tools/squashfskit4: fix build on non-linux systems
The xattr related function calls are linux specific

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-09-01 17:01:56 +02:00
Paul Spooren
35f2116519 treewide: https for downloads.openwrt.org sources
Instead of using http and https for source downloads from
downloads.openwrt.org, always use https for it's better security.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-08-31 11:26:10 +01:00
Thomas Petazzoni
d3d40cd6a4 tools/squashfskit4: add xattr support to mksquashfs for SELinux
SELinux uses extended attributes to store SELinux security contexts.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
[rebase, add commit message]
Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
2020-08-31 01:15:41 +01:00
David Bauer
1aa71833fe tools: add back lzma-old for ath79
lzma-old host package is required for building ath79 images, as
mksquashfs-lzma is required for generating netgear images.

Fixes commit 4e4ee46495 ("ar71xx: drop target")

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2020-08-31 00:21:18 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
040b625c4b tools/coreutils: update to 8.32
Update coreutils to version 8.32.
Remove upstreamed patch.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-30 22:21:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
d7fb7ac278 ath79: increase kernel partition for ar9344 TP-Link CPE/WBS
The kernel has become too big again for the ar9344-based TP-Link
CPE/WBS devices which still have no firmware-partition splitter.

Current buildbots produce a kernel size of about 2469 kiB, while
the partition is only 2048 kiB (0x200000). Therefore, increase it
to 0x300000 to provide enough room for this and, hopefully, the
next kernel.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 22:20:37 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4e4ee46495 ar71xx: drop target
This target has been mostly replaced by ath79 and won't be included
in the upcoming release anymore. Finally put it to rest.

This also removes all references in packages, tools, etc. as well as
the uboot-ar71xx and vsc73x5-ucode packages.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-30 22:18:35 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
395c848d16 tools/mpc: update to 1.2.0
Update mpc to version 1.2.0.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-27 21:18:16 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
561031921f tools: mtd-utils: Update to version 2.1.2
The release notes says this:
As already said, the changes since 2.1.1 are primarily bug fixes, addressing
compiler warnings and issues reported by diagnostic tools, but also build
failures for some configurations.
https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2020-July/081299.html

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-08-26 23:29:35 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
d622cf81af tools/ccache: update to 3.7.11
Update ccache to 3.7.11

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-23 19:40:51 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
84834df9b9 tools/cmake: update to 3.18.2
Update cmake to version 3.18.2.
Refresh patches.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-23 19:40:42 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
4faf7704a2 tools/mpfr: update to 4.1.0
Update mpfr to version 4.1.0.
Refresh patches.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-23 19:40:32 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
1cf842dd13 tools/bison: update to 3.7.1
Update GNU bison to version 3.7.1.
Refresh patches.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-08-23 11:29:24 +02:00
Alexander Couzens
6d5d815e3f
tools/tplink-safeloader: use soft_ver 1.9.1 for archer c6 v2
TP-LINK published a firmware update for the archer c6 v2.
This updates also reached the factory devices. Newer software version
rejects downgrading to 1.2.x. Use 1.9.x to allow installing the factory images
and have a little bit time to change it again.

Tested on archer c6 v2 with firmware 1.3.1

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2020-08-19 19:21:24 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
a36965347e tools/coreutils: install ln
It is needed for libsepol on non-GNU systems

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-13 20:08:29 +02:00
Andreas Böhler
ab74def0db ath79: add support for TP-Link TL-WPA8630P v2
The TL-WPA8630P v2 is a HomePlug AV2 compatible device with a QCA9563 SoC
and 2.4GHz and 5GHz WiFi modules.

Specifications
--------------

  - QCA9563 750MHz, 2.4GHz WiFi
  - QCA9888 5GHz WiFi
  - 8MiB SPI Flash
  - 128MiB RAM
  - 3 GBit Ports (QCA8337)
  - PLC (QCA7550)

MAC address assignment
----------------------

WiFi 2.4GHz and LAN share the same MAC address as printed on the label.
5GHz WiFi uses LAN-1, based on assumptions from similar devices.

LAN Port assignment
-------------------

While there are 3 physical LAN ports on the device, there will be 4
visible ports in OpenWrt. The fourth port (internal port 5) is used
by the PowerLine Communication SoC and thus treated like a regular
LAN port.

Versions
--------

Note that both TL-WPA8630 and TL-WPA8630P, as well as the different
country-versions, differ in partitioning, and therefore shouldn't be
cross-flashed.

This adds support for the two known partitioning variants of the
TL-WPA8630P, where the variants can be safely distinguished via the
tplink-safeloader SupportList. For the non-P variants (TL-WPA8630),
at least two additional partitioning schemes exist, and the same
SupportList entry can have different partitioning.
Thus, we don't support those officially (yet).

Also note that the P version for Germany (DE) requires the international
image version, but is properly protected by SupportList.

In any case, please check the OpenWrt Wiki pages for the device
before flashing anything!

Installation
------------

Installation is possible from the OEM web interface. Make sure to
install the latest OEM firmware first, so that the PLC firmware is
at the latest version. However, please also check the Wiki page
for hints according to altered partitioning between OEM firmware
revisions.

Additional thanks to Jon Davies and Joe Mullally for bringing
order into the partitioning mess.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[minor DTS adjustments, add label-mac-device, drop chosen, move
common partitions to DTSI, rename de to int, add AU support strings,
adjust TPLINK_BOARD_ID, create common node in generic-tp-link.mk,
adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 11:48:08 +02:00
Thomas Petazzoni
9e7ef46065 tools: add fakeroot
SELinux support requires setting the appropriate SELinux security context
to files and directories, which needs to happen at build time in order
to support read-only root filesystem scenarios. In order to create these
security contexts, we will have to run some SELinux-specific tools on
the host machine, but that requires root access. This adds support for
fakeroot, which the build process will use to run the SELinux security
context creation and the image creation.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>

Apply to current master, and adjust commit message

Thomas' original work is available at
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2019-November/025976.html.

Signed-off-by: W. Michael Petullo <mike@flyn.org>
[add rules.mk FAKEROOT variable]
Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
[update, fix macos build]
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2020-08-10 10:09:55 +02:00
Piotr Stefaniak
e27fbae63c tools/cmake: fix typo in parallel make patch
The variable in the case argument was mistyped, so the case always
checked against an empty string and never matched.

Fix the variable name. Add a PKG_RELEASE to Makefile so we can bump it.

Fixes: d6de31310c ("cmake: restore parallel build support for bootstrap")

Signed-off-by: Piotr Stefaniak <pstef@freebsd.org>
[add commit message, add PKG_RELEASE, fix commit title, add Fixes:]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-10 00:01:51 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c25c9e98f5 Revert "build: fix typo in cmake patch"
This reverts commit 685570858d.

The commit had several formal flaws, revert it and hopefully apply
it properly next time.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-09 23:59:20 +02:00
Piotr Stefaniak
685570858d build: fix typo in cmake patch
The variable in the case argument was mistyped, so the case always
checked against an empty string and never matched.

Fix the variable name.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Stefaniak <pstef@freebsd.org>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-09 23:57:17 +02:00
Sander Vanheule
34271d38ae tools/firmware-utils: use UTC for image timestamps
By using localtime() to determine the timestamp that goes into factory
images, the resulting image depends on the timezone of the build system.
Use gmtime() instead, which results in more reproducible images.

Signed-off-by: Sander Vanheule <sander@svanheule.net>
2020-08-07 09:48:33 +02:00
Richard Fröhning
009e62c92c ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v3
TP-Link RE200 v3 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN like the v2.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button

Unverified:
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

MAC address assignment has been done according to the RE200 v2.

The label MAC address matches the OpenWrt ethernet address.

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Recovery
--------

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

The device has not been opened for adding support. However, it is expected
that the behavior is similar to the RE200 v2. Instructions for serial console
and recovery may be checked out in commit 6d6f36ae78 ("ramips: add support
for TP-Link RE200 v2") or on the device's Wiki page.

Signed-off-by: Richard Fröhning <misanthropos@gmx.de>
[adjust commit title/message, sort support list]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 23:34:34 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
1deaf695ec ramips: fix/tidy up 4M tplink-v2-image flash layouts
For the TP-Link 4M devices with tplink-v2-image recipe
(mktplinkfw2.c), there are two different flash layouts based
on the size of the (u)boot partition:

device         uboot    OEM firmware  OpenWrt (incl. config)
tl-wr840n-v5   0x20000  0x3c0000      0x3d0000
tl-wr841n-v14  0x10000  0x3d0000      0x3e0000

In both cases, the 0x10000 config partition is used for the firmware
partition as well due to the limited space available and since it's
recreated by the OEM firmware anyway.

However, the TFTP flashing process will only copy data up to the
size of the initial (OEM) firmware size. Therefore, while we can
use the bigger partition to have additional erase blocks on the
device, we have to limit the image sizes to the TFTP limits.

So far, only one layout definition has been set up in mktplinkfw2.c
for 4M mediatek devices. This adds a second one and assigns them
to the devices so the image sizes are correctly restrained.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-08-03 12:17:08 +02:00
Ted Hess
600416d5c1 tools/mkimage: create .itb file with read-access for group,other not just owner.
This patch will fix the source of 403 errors on these files
from downloads.openwrt.org.

Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
2020-07-23 14:25:10 -04:00
Paul Spooren
fca3bf4f4c tools/flock: add PKG_{VERSION,RELEASE}
The stored source code of flock contains the version string of version
2.18, reflect that in the Makefile.

Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-07-23 11:30:22 +02:00
Paul Spooren
d2332e215e tools/sstrip: add PKG_{VERSION,RELEASE}
Comparing the in tree stored source file of sstrip suggests it's version
2.0[0], reflect that in the Makefile.

Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.

[0]: df4426a0f0 (diff-d3ba694d91432a068d5d3b36abf8cd0f)

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-07-23 11:30:14 +02:00
Paul Spooren
7c12d5d167 tools/firmware-utils: add PKG_RELEASE
There is no versioning information in the firmware-utils code nor the
Makefile. Consider it as first release by adding PKG_RELEASE.

Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.

Also update copyright.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-07-23 11:30:09 +02:00
Paul Spooren
d32012376a tools/patch-image: add PKG_RELEASE
There is no versioning information in the patch-image code nor the
Makefile. Consider it as first release by adding PKG_RELEASE.

Motivation is the tracking of changes in the buildsystem, which requires
versioning of packages.

Also update copyright.

Signed-off-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2020-07-23 11:30:04 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
240793d175 tools: drop PKG_VERSION for purely local packages
This applies to tools directory what has been done for package/ in
commit 9c170cb92f ("package: drop PKG_VERSION for purely local
packages"):

In the package guidelines, PKG_VERSION is supposed to be used as
"The upstream version number that we're downloading", while
PKG_RELEASE is referred to as "The version of this package Makefile".
Thus, the variables in a strict interpretation provide a clear
distinction between "their" (upstream) version in PKG_VERSION and
"our" (local OpenWrt trunk) version in PKG_RELEASE.

For local (OpenWrt-only) packages, this implies that those will only
need PKG_RELEASE defined, while PKG_VERSION does not apply following
a strict interpretation. While the majority of "our" packages actually
follow that scheme, there are also some that mix both variables or
have one of them defined but keep them at "1".

This is misleading and confusing, which can be observed by the fact
that there typically either one of the variables is never bumped or
the choice of the variable to increase depends on the person doing the
change.

Consequently, this patch aims at clarifying the situation by
consistently using only PKG_RELEASE for "our" packages. For tools/,
only three packages were affected. This fixes two of them, and
leaves the remaining wrt350nv2-builder untouched, as the code there
seems to have some versioning of its own that is treated as upstream
version in PKG_VERSION.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-23 10:54:33 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
4a2380a1e7 tplink-safeloader: expand support list for TP-Link CPE210 v3
This adds new strings to the support list for the TP-Link CPE210 v3
that are supposed to work with the existing setup.

Without it, the factory image won't be accepted by the vendor UI on
these newer revisions.

Tested on a CPE210 v3.20 (EU).

Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/build-for-cpe210-v3-20/68000

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-20 13:43:36 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
61b36ee9ba firmware-utils: mkfwimage: fix memcpy and strncpy usage
Firmware is binary blob, so there are barely any NULL terminated strings
expected, so we should probably convert all chars into u8 types, and
after that it's clear, that using strcpy doesn't make sense anymore.

This is rather theoretical stuff, but `uint8_t name[PART_NAME_LENGTH]`
means, that you can supply PART_NAME_LENGTH sized name, not
PART_NAME_LENGTH-1 name when NULL terminated.

Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2274
Fixes: 04cb651376 ("firmware-utils: mkfwimage: fix more errors reported by gcc-6/7/9")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-07-11 13:33:28 +02:00
David Woodhouse
dca867c5a3 firmware-utils/ptgen: allow explicit placement of partitions
For Banana Pi R2 we need to place the U-Boot partition at precisely 0x50000.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
2020-07-08 23:22:30 +02:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
d64b20da21 firmware-utils/hcsmakeimage: fix possible memory leak and resource leaks
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `filebuffer`.
Add missing calls to `fclose` for variables `fd` and `fd_out`.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-07-08 16:07:05 +02:00
Christoph Krapp
ba0f4f0cfd ramips: add support for TP-Link RE500 v1
This device uses the same hardware as RE650 v1 which got supported in
8c51dde.

Hardware specification:

- SoC 880 MHz - MediaTek MT7621AT
- 128 MB of DDR3 RAM
- 16 MB - Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- 4T4R 2.4 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 4T4R 5 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet - MT7621AT integrated
- 7x LEDs (Power, 2G, 5G, WPS(x2), Lan(x2))
- 4x buttons (Reset, Power, WPS, LED)
- UART header (J1) - 2:GND, 3:RX, 4:TX
  Serial console @ 57600,8n1

Flash instructions:

Upload
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_re500-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
from the RE500 web interface.

TFTP recovery to stock firmware:

Unfortunately, I can't find an easy way to recover the RE
without opening the device and using modified binaries. The
TFTP upload will only work if selected from u-boot, which
means you have to open the device and attach to the serial
console. The TFTP update procedure does *not* accept the
published vendor firmware binaries. However, it allows to
flash kernel + rootfs binaries, and this works if you have
a backup of the original contents of the flash. It's probably
possible to create special image out of the vendor binaries
and use that as recovery image.

Signed-off-by: Christoph Krapp <achterin@googlemail.com>
[remove dts-v1 in DTSI, do not touch WiFi LEDs for RE650, keep
state_default in DTS files, fix label-mac-device, use lower case
for WiFi LEDs]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-07-07 00:40:04 +02:00
Rowan Border
33fae8421e ramips: add support for TP-Link RE220 v2
TP-Link RE220 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.

This port of OpenWRT leverages work done by Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
for the TP-Link RE200 v2 as both devices share the same SoC, flash layout
and GPIO pinout.

Specifications

MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
64 MB of RAM
8 MB of FLASH
2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled separately.

Web Interface Installation

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Signed-off-by: Rowan Border <rowanjborder@gmail.com>
2020-06-30 17:23:32 +02:00
Sungbo Eo
7da3c3b491 firmware-utils: sort tools alphabetically
Also remove leading whitespace after comma.

Signed-off-by: Sungbo Eo <mans0n@gorani.run>
2020-06-28 02:27:36 +02:00
Andrew Cameron
d93da0d016 ath79: add support for TP-Link CPE610 v2
TP-Link CPE610 v2 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344

Specifications:
 - 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
 - 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
 - 64 MB of DDR2 RAM
 - 8 MB of SPI-NOR Flash
 - 23dBi high-gain directional 2×2 MIMO antenna and a
   dedicated metal reflector
 - Power, LAN, WLAN5G green LEDs
 - 3x green RSSI LEDs

Flashing instructions:
 Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
 or through TFTP
 To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
 around 4-5 seconds and release.
 Rename factory image to recovery.bin
 Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
 Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
2020-06-20 13:03:39 +02:00
Joseph C. Lehner
0a73c61cb9 mkchkimg: use higher version code
This patch changes the version code of the image header
from `1.1.99_0.0.0.0` to `99.99.99_99.99.99.99`. This
is neccessary on some devices where the stock firmware
checks the version field, possibly preventing third-party
firmware from being installed.

Reviewed-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
2020-06-09 16:59:33 +02:00
Andreas Wiese
c764c512ac ath79: add support for TP-Link RE450 v3
TP-Link RE450 v3 is a dual band router/range-extender based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.

This device is nearly identical to RE450 v2 besides a modified flash
layout (hence I think force-flashing a RE450v2 image will lead to at
least loss of MAC address).

Specification:

- 775 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8033 PHY)
- 7x LED, 4x button-
- possible UART header on PCB¹

Flash instruction:
Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.

¹ Didn't check to connect as I didn't even manage to connect on
  RE450v2 (AFAIU it requires disconnecting some resistors, which I was
  too much of a coward to do).  But given the similarities to v2 I
  think it's the same or very similar procedure (and most likely also
  the only way to debrick).

Signed-off-by: Andreas Wiese <aw-openwrt@meterriblecrew.net>
[remove dts-v1 and compatible in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-05-31 15:44:05 +02:00
Matthias Schiffer
258dc0d0fd
tools: add zstd
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2020-05-31 11:03:30 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
48e3449945 ccache: update to 3.7.9
Update ccache to 3.7.9

Release notes:
https://ccache.dev/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_7_9

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-05-28 21:22:18 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
1bbc1aa884 squashfs: Fix compile with GCC 10
Fixes the following build error with GCC 10:
	/usr/bin/ld: read_fs.o:(.bss+0x0): multiple definition of `swap'; mksquashfs.o:(.bss+0x1b2a88): first defined here
And a compile warning.

Fixes: FS#3104, FS#3119
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-05-24 14:38:40 +02:00
Karel Kočí
3c1d1d4332 tools: add autoconf-archive
Some autotools based build systems are using autoconf-archive scripts
and are expecting them to almost always be available. This is not
required for regular releases as tar balls generated for releases
commonly have existing configure script. This is rather intended to be
used with autotools.mk's autoreconf and in cases it is not always
possible to get release tar ball.

Including this adds little to no overhead in terms of build time as
those are just m4 scripts copied to an appropriate location.

Signed-off-by: Karel Kočí <karel.koci@nic.cz>
[fixed From: to match SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-05-20 15:37:16 +02:00
Roger Pueyo Centelles
0486641849 firmware-utils: mkfwimage: add support for Ubiquiti XC devices
This commit adds support for Ubiquiti devices based on the XC board
type, such as the PowerBeam 5AC 500. The factory binary structure is
the same as the WA type.

Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
2020-05-17 21:03:19 +02:00
Lucian Cristian
042917f1c4 tools/mkimage: update to 2020.04
also change the download source to https and add a mirror
drop merged patches

Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[Add extra changes to compile on FreeBSD, merge two patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-04-26 21:20:47 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
1e3d3d2bd5 tools/e2fsprogs: fix build under macos
macos doesn't define a loff_t type, the native off_t type being 64bit
anyway.

Persuade e2fsprogs to accept off_t instead on macos

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-04-10 11:52:00 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
5d7812495b tools/mm-macros: Update to 1.0.0
Update mm-macros to 1.0.0

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-04-09 22:09:21 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
d158b26c1e tools/xz: Update to 5.2.5
Update xz to 5.2.5
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as bison, e2fsprogs
and sed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-04-09 22:09:13 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
169afa9fe4 tools/mtools: Update to 4.0.24
Update mtools to 4.0.24

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-04-09 22:09:04 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
71ea940a84 tools/findutils: Update to 4.7.0
Update findutils to 4.7.0
Remove patches
Enable pthreads
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as bison, e2fsprogs
and sed.
Disable selinux support to be consistent with other tools such as sed and tar
Disable rpath as we don't need hardcoded paths

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-04-09 22:08:38 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
c9daacbf18 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.45.6
Update e2fsprogs to 1.45.6

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-04-09 22:08:29 +02:00
Rosen Penev
8af80e79bd tools/cmake: update to 3.17.0
Remove libressl patches; they are no longer needed as LibreSSl adde
support

Replace qt tests patch with one that disables all of them.

Refresh remaining one.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-04-06 20:30:18 +02:00
李国
1963bbaa8f firmware-utils: ptgen: add GPT support
Add GPT support to ptgen, so we can generate EFI bootable images.

Introduced two options:
    -g        generate GPT partition table
    -G GUID   use GUID for disk and increase last bit for all partitions

We drop The alternate partition table to reduce size, This may cause
problems when generate vmdk images or vdi images. We have to pad enough
sectors when generate these images.

Signed-off-by: 李国 <uxgood.org@gmail.com>
[fixed compilation on macOS]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-31 16:20:47 +02:00
Georgi Vlaev
ff75bbc423 tplink-safeloader: update soft_ver for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU)
The last couple of TP-Link firmware releases for Archer C6 v2 (EU)
have switched to version 1.2.x. Bump the soft_ver to "1.2.1" to
allow firmware updates from the vendor web interface.

TP-Link vendor firmware releases supported by this change:
* Archer C6(EU)_V2_200110: soft_ver:1.2.1 Build 20200110 rel.60119
* Archer C6(EU)_V2_191014: soft_ver:1.2.0 Build 20191014 rel.33289

Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
2020-03-30 01:46:50 +02:00
Robert Marko
be4ed1db18
tools: squashfskit4: fix build with GCC10
In order to build squashfskit with GCC10, this backport from upstream is needed.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
[increase PKG_RELEASE]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2020-03-22 02:06:16 +01:00
Alexander Couzens
1f4020a293 squashfskit4/Makefile: introduce PKG_RELEASE=1
When adding patches, the PKG_RELEASE should be increased.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2020-03-22 02:05:41 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
646d95c374 ath79: add support for TP-Link Archer C60 v3
TP-Link Archer C60 v3 is a dual-band AC1350 router,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.

It seems to be identical to the v2 revision, except that
it lacks a WPS LED and has different GPIO for amber WAN LED.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction (WebUI):
Download *-factory.bin image and upload it via the firmwary upgrade
function of the stock firmware WebUI.

Flash instruction (TFTP):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download *-factory.bin image and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
   directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
   be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery

While TFTP works for OpenWrt images, my device didn't accept the
only available official firmware "Archer C60(EU)_V3.0_190115.bin".

In contrast to earlier revisions (v2), the v3 contains the (same)
MAC address twice, once in 0x1fa08 and again in 0x1fb08.
While the partition-table on the device refers to the latter, the
firmware image contains a different partition-table for that region:

name           device            firmware
factory-boot   0x00000-0x1fb00   0x00000-0x1fa00
default-mac    0x1fb00-0x1fd00   0x1fa00-0x1fc00
pin            0x1fd00-0x1fe00   0x1fc00-0x1fd00
product-info   0x1fe00-0x1ff00   0x1fd00-0x1ff00
device-id      0x1ff00-0x20000   0x1ff00-0x20000

While the MAC address is present twice, other data like the PIN isn't,
so with the partitioning from the firmware image the PIN on the device
would actually be outside of its partition.
Consequently, the patch uses the MAC location from the device (which
is the same as for the v2).

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-03-18 13:49:06 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
6de7406d54 pkgconf: always retain -I and -L flags
The pkgconf fork filters -I and -L flag values from .pc files which match
pkgconf's builtin system directory value.

During configure, pkgconf derives the default system include and library
search path values from exec_prefix, which is set to staging_dir/host in
the host tool build phase.

Due to that, pkgconf will drop all -I and -L flags pointing to
staging_dir/host/include or staging_dir/host/lib, unless invoked with
--keep-system-cflags and --keep-system-libs respectively, breaking our
kernel libelf discovery / stack validation workarounds.

In order to inhibit the filtering, add --keep-system-cflags and
--keep-system-libs to our pkg-config shell wrapper.

Fixes: GH#2832
Fixes: 867298cf47 ("tools/pkg-config: Replace with pkgconf")
Ref: https://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2020-March/022182.html
Ref: https://git.openwrt.org/fe43969336201f2cc7d103b68fd6e65989bee184
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-15 20:32:10 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
0a06fcf608 build: fix kernel 5.4 on macos
As part of the kernel build process there are utilities built to run on
the host system that expect linux kernel headers to be available.
Unfortunately macos/darwin doesn't have these headers.

vdso2c requires types.h so provide a minimal stub to satisfy it.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2020-03-14 13:20:06 +00:00
Yufei Miao
763de7bd51 tools/cmake: Update to 3.16.5
Update cmake to 3.16.5

Signed-off-by: Yufei Miao <myf@myf.cloud>
2020-03-12 21:31:17 +01:00
Michael T Farnworth
b468353a37 mkrasimage: fix segmentation fault
Code was attempting to determine the size of the file
before it was actually known and allocating insufficient
memory space.  Images above a certain size caused a
segmentation fault.  Moving the calloc() ensured ensured
that large images didn't result in a buffer overflow on
memcpy().

Signed-off-by: Michael T Farnworth <michael@turf.org>
[fixed name in From to match one in SoB]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Rosen Penev
c60be19693 tools/pkgconf: Run pkg-config wrapper through shellcheck
Mainly quoting fixes.

Separated parameters by \ for easier readability.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Rosen Penev
867298cf47 tools/pkg-config: Replace with pkgconf
pkgconf is a newer, actively maintained implementation of pkg-config that
supports more aspects of the pkg-config file specification and provides a
library interface that applications can use to incorporate intelligent
handling of pkg-config files into themselves (such as build file
generators, IDEs, and compilers). Through its pkg-config compatibility
interface (activated when it is run as "pkg-config"), it also can
completely replace the original implementation.

It is also lighterweight and does not require glib2, as pkg-config does.

On other distros, pkgconf is symlinked to pkg-config. For simplicity here,
it is renamed to pkg-config.real, as in the original package.

Initial results have been positive. As before, pkgconf works as long as
the pkg-config files point to the proper paths.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[backported upstream fix for Meson]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2020-03-01 21:36:00 +01:00
Jeffery To
4a308bad82 tools: Fix "lib" symlink created inside $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/lib
Currently, if "make tools/install" is called after tools have already
been installed, a symbolic link named "lib" will be created inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/lib, pointing to "lib" (i.e. itself).

During tools/prepare, a "lib64" symlink is created inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST) that points to "lib" (also inside
$(STAGING_DIR_HOST)).

If tools/prepare is called and the "lib64" symlink already exists, then
ln will treat it as a directory and instead create a symlink named "lib"
inside of that directory.

This adds the -n option for ln so that $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/lib64 is
always treated as a normal file (the link name), not as a directory.

Signed-off-by: Jeffery To <jeffery.to@gmail.com>
2020-03-01 21:35:59 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
b0a3f1e8f4 tools/bison: Update to 3.5.1
Update bison to 3.5.1
Use POSIX threads as the previous option is no longer valid
Disable NLS support to be consistent with other tools such as e2fsprogs and sed

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-02-19 22:02:47 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
cf443e84f5 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.45.5
Update e2fsprogs to 1.45.5
Enable pthreads support

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-02-18 21:48:49 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
477d1c540e tools/gmp: Remove obsolete options
Remove mpbsd argument

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-02-18 21:39:23 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
4b591c5e6b tools/sed: Update to 4.8
Update sed to 4.8
Use POSIX threads
Disable i18n and selinux support

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-02-18 21:39:14 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
82211e5f49 tools/patchelf: Update to 0.10
Update patchelf to 0.10

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-02-18 21:39:03 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
0ffb7b02ba tools/libressl: Update to 3.0.2
Update libressl to 3.0.2 and remove 010-avoid-glibc.patch as fix is added by upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2020-02-18 21:38:51 +01:00
Dan Haab
9aa6569aa6 firmware-utils: add lxlfw tool for generating Luxul firmwares
It's a simple tool prepending image with a Luxul header.

Signed-off-by: Dan Haab <dan.haab@legrand.com>
2020-02-07 09:31:22 +01:00
Andreas Böhler
6d6f36ae78 ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v2
TP-Link RE200 v2 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628AN+MT7610EN.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7628AN (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately.

MAC addresses
-------------

The MAC address assignment matches stock firmware, i.e.:
LAN : *:0D
2.4G: *:0E
5G  : *:0F

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. Simply flash
the -factory.bin from OEM. In contrast to a stock firmware, this will not
overwrite U-Boot.

Serial console
--------------

Opening the case is quite hard, since it is welded together. Rename the
OpenWrt factory image to "test.bin", then plug in the device and quickly
press "2" to enter flash mode (no line feed). Follow the prompts until
OpenWrt is installed.

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console.

Additonal notes
---------------

It is possible to flash back to stock by using tplink-safeloader to create
a sysupgrade image based on a stock update. After the first boot, it is
necessary upgrade to another stock image, otherwise subsequent boots
fail with LZMA ERROR 1 and you have to attach serial to recover the device.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
[remove DEVICE_VARS change]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-02-01 19:41:51 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
b77ce0c720 tools/gmp: update to 6.2.0
Update GNU gmp to version 6.2.0

Release notes:  https://gmplib.org/gmp6.2.html

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-01-25 22:07:32 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
b2102be8a5 ar71xx: use dynamic partitioning for TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2
This moves the TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 to dynamic partitioning and
will allow to use this for ath79 as well.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2020-01-22 23:52:51 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
96e9d48664 tools/bison: update to 3.5
Update bison to 3.5

Release notes:
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/info-gnu/2019-12/msg00002.html

Note for future: release notes mention that YYPRINT macro is
declared deprecated, but apparently still works for now. I found
one possible use of that in scripts/config/zconf.tab.c_shipped
That might be modernized at some point, but as the file is synced
with the one from upstream Linux, it might get fixed there.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-01-21 18:43:58 +01:00
Anderson Vulczak
7a8bfbf0ff tools: tplink-safeloader: update soft_ver for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU)
This patch updates "soft_ver" for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU).

It makes possible to upload OpenWrt on lastest vendor's firmware
as the web-based updater checks for major.minor version during upload.

Due to that on next major/minor version update TP-Link will stop
us from using the web-based firmware update tool, so it will
require a new patch on soft_ver to match major and minor version.
Up to today's latest stock firmware the patch (major.minor.patch)
version does not matters, that allows downgrade from 1.1.4 to 1.1.1
but do not allow downgrade from 1.1.X to 1.0.X.

Signed-off-by: Anderson Vulczak <andi@andi.com.br>
2020-01-19 00:19:39 +01:00
Steffen Förster
93a4c8afbf ramips: add support for TP-Link RE305 v1
Specification:

SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
RAM: 64MiB
Flash: 8MiB
Wifi:
  - 2.4GHz: MT7628AN
  - 5GHz: MT7612EN
LAN: 1x 10/100 Mbps

Flash instructions:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI.
Back to stock is possible by using TFTP and stripping down the Firmware
provided by TP-Link to a initramfs.

The flash space between 0x650000 and 0x7f0000
is blank in the stock firmware so I left it out as well.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Förster <nemesis@chemnitz.freifunk.net>
2020-01-18 19:39:05 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
343f27f8b0 tools/cmake: update to 3.16.2
Update cmake to 3.16.2 and refresh patches.

Release notes:
https://cmake.org/cmake/help/v3.16/release/3.16.html

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2020-01-18 14:18:22 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
5355baf21f ccache: update to 3.7.7
Update ccache to 3.7.7

Release notes:
https://ccache.dev/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_7_7

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2020-01-16 18:59:42 +01:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
3c77e4ae4d wrt350nv2-builder: Fix memory leak
Add missing call to `free` for variable `buffer` in function
`create_bin_file`.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-01-14 17:48:50 +01:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
8057970d2a firmware-utils/mktitanimg: fix possible resource leak
Add missing call to `fclose` for file pointer `nsp_image`.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-01-14 17:48:50 +01:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
1775f690d5 firmware-utils/mksenaofw: fix possible memory leak
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `pmodel`.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-01-14 17:48:50 +01:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
b886d3c8f3 firmware-utils/mkfwimage: fix possible memory and resource leak
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `mem`.
Add missing call to `fclose` for variable `f`.

The same changes were made in both `mkfwimage.c` and `mkfwimage2.c`.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-01-14 17:48:50 +01:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
8e3b3152e5 firmware-utils/mkchkimg: fix possible resource leaks
Add missing `fclose` calls for file pointers `kern_fp`, `fs_fp`
and `out_fp`.
Not closing files could lead to resource leaks.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-01-14 17:48:50 +01:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
0ae0f48cec firmware-utils: fix possible memory leak and resource leak
Add missing calls to `free` for variable `buffer`.
This could lead to a memory leak.

Add missing call to `close` for file pointer `fdin`.
This could lead to a resource leak.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-01-14 17:48:50 +01:00
Andrea Dalla Costa
402b362db4 firmware-utils/dgfirmare: fix possible resource leak
Add missing calls to `fclose` in functions `write_img`, `write_rootfs`
and `write_kernel`.
The not-closed files could lead to resource leaks.

Signed-off-by: Andrea Dalla Costa <andrea@dallacosta.me>
2020-01-14 17:48:50 +01:00
Tobias Schramm
d29929be07 firmware-utils: mkfwimage: add support for Ubiquiti SW devices
This commit adds support for Ubiquiti ToughSwitch XP (and probably also
EdgeSwitch XP) devices. They are mostly based on the same hardware as
MX devices.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
2020-01-12 14:12:50 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
271d0c825b make_ext4fs: Update to version 2020-01-05
5c201be Add LDFLAGS when building libsparse.a
ec17045 make_ext4fs: fix build on musl systems

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2020-01-05 20:04:37 +01:00
Andreas Böhler
a3010a7f8d ramips: add support for TP-Link RE200 v1
TP-Link RE200 v1 is a wireless range extender with Ethernet and 2.4G and 5G
WiFi with internal antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.

Specifications
--------------

- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled; only 6 supported), 2x button

There are 2.4G and 5G LEDs in red and green which are controlled
separately. The 5G LED is currently not supported, since the GPIOs couldn't
be determined.

Installation
------------

Web Interface
-------------

It is possible to upgrade to OpenWrt via the web interface. However, the
OEM firmware upgrade file is required and a tool to fix the MD5 sum of
the header. This procedure overwrites U-Boot and there is not failsafe /
recovery mode present! To prepare an image, you need to take the header
and U-Boot (i.e. 0x200 + 0x20000 bytes) from an OEM firmware file and
attach the factory image to it. Then fix the header MD5Sum1.

Serial console
--------------

Opening the case is quite hard, since it is welded together. Rename the
OpenWrt factory image to "test.bin", then plug in the device and quickly
press "2" to enter flash mode (no line feed). Follow the prompts until
OpenWrt is installed.

Unfortunately, this devices does not offer a recovery mode or a tftp
installation method. If the web interface upgrade fails, you have to open
your device and attach serial console. Since the web upgrade overwrites
the boot loader, you might also brick your device.

Additional notes
----------------

MAC address assignment is based on stock-firmware. For me, the device
assigns the MAC on the label to Ethernet and the 2.4G WiFi, while the 5G
WiFi has a separate MAC with +2.

*:88    Ethernet/2.4G    label, uboot 0x1fc00, userconfig 0x0158
*:89    unused           userconfig 0x0160
*:8A    5G               not present in flash

This seems to be the first ramips device with a TP-Link v1 header. The
original firmware has the string "EU" embedded, there might be some region-
checking going on during the firmware upgrade process. The original
firmware also contains U-Boot and thus overwrites the boot loader during
upgrade.
In order to flash back to stock, the first header and U-Boot need to be
stripped from the original firmware.

Signed-off-by: Andreas Böhler <dev@aboehler.at>
2019-12-31 13:23:55 +01:00
Christian Mauderer
5e5e92b7c3 ath79: generate firmware image for aircube-isp
This adds a "factory" image for the aircube-isp devices. Note that the
firmware can't be uploaded without prior special preparation. For the
most recent instructions on how to do that, visit the OpenWRT wiki page
of the Ubiquiti airCube ISP for details:

https://openwrt.org/toh/ubiquiti/ubiquiti_aircube_isp

Current procedure:

With the original firmware 2.5.0 it is possible to upload and execute a
script via the configuration. To do that download and unpack the
original configuration, adapt uhttpd config to execute another lua
handler (placed in the config directory) and pack and upload it again.

The lua handler can call a script that mounts an overlayfs and modifies
the "fwupdate.real" binary so that an unsigned image is accepted. The
overlayfs is necessary because a security system (called tomoyo) doesn't
allow binaries in other locations than /sbin/fwupdate.real (and maybe
some more) to access the flash when executed via network.

A big thanks to Torvald Menningen (Snap) from the OpenWRT forum for
finding out how to patch the binary so that it accepts an unsigned
image.

The current step-by-step procedure is:

- Use a version 2.5.0 of the original firmware. This is important
  because a binary file will be modified.
- Download a configuration.
- Unpack it (it's just a tar gz file without an ending).
- Add the following to uhttpd:

``````
config 'uhttpd' 'other'
	list listen_http    0.0.0.0:8080
	list listen_http    [::]:8080
	option 'home'       '/tmp/persistent/config/patch/www'
	option lua_prefix   '/lua'
	option lua_handler  '/tmp/persistent/config/patch/handler.lua'
``````

- Create a `patch` subfolder.
- Create a `patch/www` subfolder.
- Create a `patch/handler.lua` with the following content:

``````
function handle_request(env)
    uhttpd.send("Status: 200 OK\r\n")
    uhttpd.send("Content-Type: text/plain\r\n\r\n")

    local command = "/bin/sh /tmp/persistent/config/patch/patch.sh 2>&1"

    local proc = assert(io.popen(command))
    for line in proc:lines() do
        uhttpd.send(line.."\r\n")
    end
    proc:close()
end
``````

- Create a `patch/patch.sh` with the following content:

``````
#!/bin/sh -x

set -e
set -u
set -x

UBNTBOX_PATCHED="/tmp/fwupdate.real"
MD5FILE="/tmp/patchmd5"

cat <<EOF > ${MD5FILE}
c33235322da5baca5a7b237c09bc8df1  /sbin/fwupdate.real
EOF

# check md5 of files that will be patched
if ! md5sum -c ${MD5FILE}
then
        echo "******** Error when checking files. Refuse to do anything. ********"
        exit 0
fi

# prepare some overlay functionality
LOWERDIR="/tmp/lower_root"
mkdir -p ${LOWERDIR}
mount -t squashfs -oro /dev/mtdblock3 ${LOWERDIR}
overlay_some_path()
{
        PATH_TO_OVERLAY=$1
        ALIAS=$2
        UPPERDIR="/tmp/over_${ALIAS}"
        WORKDIR="/tmp/over_${ALIAS}_work"

        mkdir -p ${UPPERDIR}
        mkdir -p ${WORKDIR}

        mount -t overlay -o lowerdir=${LOWERDIR}${PATH_TO_OVERLAY},upperdir=${UPPERDIR},workdir=${WORKDIR} overlay ${PATH_TO_OVERLAY}
}

# patch the ubntbox binary.
overlay_some_path "/sbin" "sbin"
echo -en '\x10' | dd of=/sbin/fwupdate.real conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=24598

echo "******** Done ********"
``````

- Repack the configuration.
- Upload it via the normal web interface.
- Wait about a minute. The webserver should restart.
- Now there is a second web server at port 8080 which can call the lua
  script. Visit the page with a web browser. Link is for example
  http://192.168.1.1:8080/lua
- You should see the output of the script with a "*** Done ***" at the
  end. Note that the patches are not permanent. If you restart the
  router you have to re-visit the link (but not re-upload the config).
- Now you can upload an unsigned binary via the normal web interface.

Signed-off-by: Christian Mauderer <oss@c-mauderer.de>
2019-12-31 01:42:13 +01:00
Brett Mastbergen
9e2e48ff31 tools: qemu: Add patches to support adapter_type and monolithicFlat
Its way more trouble to update this to a newer version of qemu than it
is to backport the two additional features we need.

Signed-off-by: Brett Mastbergen <bmastbergen@untangle.com>
2019-12-23 00:22:06 +01:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c0b87cf10b tools: tplink-safeloader: fix whitespace issues
This replaces tabs by spaces when preceding an equal sign. This improves
consistency in the file and makes the indent look correct on all platforms.

While at it, also fix one case of inconsistent leading spaces.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-11-27 22:54:36 +01:00
Anderson Vulczak
9b90dc05f5 ath79: add support for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (US) and A6 (US/TW)
This patch is based on #1689 and adds support for TP-Link Archer
C6 v2 (US) and A6 (US/TW).

The hardware is the same as EU and RU variant, except for GPIOs
(LEDS/Buttons), flash(chip/partitions) and UART being available
on the board.

- SOC: Qualcomm QCA9563 @ 775MHz
- Flash: GigaDevice GD25Q127CS1G (16MiB)
- RAM: Zentel A3R1GE40JBF (128 MiB DDR2)
- Ethernet: Qualcomm QCA8337N: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
  - 2.4GHz (bgn) QCA9563 integrated (3x3)
  - 5GHz (ac) Qualcomm QCA9886 (2x2)
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 6x LEDs: power, wlan2g, wlan5g, lan, wan, wps
- UART: 115200, 8n1 (header available on board)

Known issues:
 - Wireless: 5GHz is known to have lower RSSI signal, it affects speed and range.

Flash instructions:

Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c6-v2-us-squashfs-factory.bin
via the router Web interface.

Flash instruction using tftp recovery:

1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the router
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the
   tftp root directory renamed to ArcherA6v2_tp_recovery.bin.
4. Connect power cable to router, press and hold the
   reset button and turn the router on
5. Keep the reset button pressed until the WPS LED lights up
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing

Flash partitioning: I've followed #1689 for defining the partition layout
for this patch. The partition named as "tplink" @ 0xfd0000 is marked
as read only as it is where some config for stock firmware are stored.
On stock firmware those stock partitions starts at 0xfd9400 however
I had not been able to make it functional starting on the same address as
on stock fw, so it has been partitioned following #1689 and not the stock
partition layout for this specific partition. Due to that firmware/rootfs
partition lenght is 0xf80000 and not 0xf89400 as stock.

According to the GPL code, the EU/RU/JP variant does have different GPIO pins
assignment to LEDs and buttons, also the flash memory layout is different.

GPL Source Code: https://static.tp-link.com/resources/gpl/gpl-A6v2_us.tar.gz

Signed-off-by: Anderson Vulczak <andi@andi.com.br>
[wrap commit message, remove soft_ver change for C6 v2 EU, move LED aliases
to DTS files, remove dts-v1 in DTSI, node/property reorder in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-11-27 22:54:36 +01:00
David Bauer
c5497ebb1c tools/expat: change package source to GitHub
According to the SourceForge page, the project is migrating to GitHub.
Thus, change the source of the package to GitHub.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2019-11-24 23:17:34 +01:00
DENG Qingfang
3f5cf3872d ccache: update to 3.7.6
Update ccache to 3.7.6

Release notes:
https://ccache.dev/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_7_6

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-11-24 21:48:54 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
7c8f74c7c0 tools/quilt: update to 0.66
Update quilt to version 0.66

Release notes at:
http://git.savannah.nongnu.org/cgit/quilt.git/tree/NEWS?id=294006e12

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2019-11-24 21:35:45 +01:00
Bernhard Geier
591a06316d tplink-safeloader: shorten version number of TP-Link WBS210 v2
"2.0" instead of "2.00" is sufficient and more in line with the
other definitions.

Signed-off-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de>
[commit message/title adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-11-23 12:03:42 +01:00
Andrew Cameron
20fdfe37d2 ath79: add support for the TP-LINK WBS510 V1
This adds support for a popular low-cost 5GHz N based AP

Specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
- Wireless: 5GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
- Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps

Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
2019-11-22 11:41:27 +01:00
Andrew Cameron
5b8709d9f2 ath79: add support for the TP-LINK WBS510 V2
This adds support for a popular low-cost 5GHz N based AP

Specifications:
 - SoC: Atheros AR9344
 - RAM: 64MB
 - Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
 - Wireless: 5GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
 - Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps

Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
2019-11-22 11:41:24 +01:00
Andrew Cameron
bae0d47f2e ath79: add support for the TP-LINK CPE220 V3
This adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP

Specifications:
SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
RAM: 64MB
Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC

Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

This also applies some minor changes to the common DTSI:
- use &wmac for label-mac-device, as this one is actually set up in
  common DTSI
- move &eth0 to parent DTSI
- fix several leading spaces, added/removed newlines

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[DTS style fixes/improvements, updated commit message/title]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-11-06 13:37:40 +01:00
Fredrik Olofsson
e6901bf902 tools/automake: Revert "Do not use $(V) - force AM_V=1"
This reverts commit 43365ca662 ("Do not use $(V) - force AM_V=1") as
it breaks verbose output in automake packages, deviating from the
upstream and expected behaviour.

As you can see, neither make command outputs the expected verbose
compile command lines:

```
$ make package/mtd-utils/{clean,compile} V=sc
...
  CCLD     lsmtd
  CC       nand-utils/nanddump.o
  CCLD     nanddump
...
```
```
$ make -C build_dir/target*/mtd-utils-2.1.1 clean
...
$ make -C build_dir/target*/mtd-utils-2.1.1 V=1
...
  CC       lib/libmtd.o
  CC       lib/libfec.o
  CC       lib/common.o
  CC       lib/libcrc32.o
```

The original reason for this commit was some packages failing to build
if V is set to something other than 0 or 1. See the discussion in PR
https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/2481 for how to fix this in the
package Makefile.

Ref: PR#2481
Acked-by: Mirko Vogt <mirko-openwrt@nanl.de>
Signed-off-by: Fredrik Olofsson <fredrik.olofsson@anyfinetworks.com>
[commit title/description facelift]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-11-06 00:21:15 +01:00
Bernhard Geier
3930aab2cb ath79: add support for TP-Link WBS210 v2
TP-Link WBS210 v2 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 2.4 GHz with
two Ethernet ports based on Atheros AR9344

The device is the same as TP-Link CPE220 v2, but with higher TX power (27 dBm
instead of 12 dBm) and two antenna connectors instead of built-in antennas.

Specifications:
 - SoC: Atheros AR9344
 - RAM: 64MB
 - Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
 - Wireless: 2.4GHz 300 Mbps, 2x RP-SMA connector, 27 dBm TX power
 - Ethernet: 1x 10/100 Mbps with 24V POE IN, 1x 10/100 Mbps

Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP: 192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress: 192.168.0.254

The TP-Link WBS devices use the same GPIOs as the CPE devices,
except for the link4 LED. For this one, WBS devices use "2", while
CPE devices use "16". (Tested on WBS210 v2)

Signed-off-by: Bernhard Geier <freifunk@geierb.de>
[added comment about GPIO]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-11-03 13:59:18 +01:00
Sebastian Kemper
1f0063b58c rules.mk: remove "$(STAGING_DIR)/include"
"$(STAGING_DIR)/include" was carried over from buildroot-ng to OpenWrt
in commit 60c1f0f64d. buildroot has
dropped this directory a long time ago.

In OpenWrt the directory is still created by the PrepareStaging macro
and is part of the default TARGET_CPPFLAGS. But nothing at all installs
headers into this directory, nor should anything be installed under this
path.

Removing this directory from TARGET_CPPFLAGS will cut down the log noise
a bit. Not only will CPPFLAGS be shorter, there will be less warnings
set off by "-Wmissing-include-dirs" (or even failures when paired with
"-Werror"). After all the directory does not even _exist_ in the SDKs,
which are used on the build bots when building packages (see [1] and
[2]).

make[8]: Entering directory '/builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/build_dir/target-aarch64_generic_musl/libmbim-1.20.0/src/common'
  CC       libmbim_common_la-mbim-common.lo
cc1: error: /builder/shared-workdir/build/sdk/staging_dir/target-aarch64_generic_musl/include: No such file or directory [-Werror=missing-include-dirs]
cc1: all warnings being treated as errors

[1] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/10377
[2] https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/10378

Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2019-11-02 20:51:56 +01:00
André Valentin
6ae7ee7724 tools/mkrasimage: Add support for 128k header size
128k header size support is needed for ZyXEL NBG6716.

Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
2019-10-27 13:38:05 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
ed6ba2801c tools: keep stamp file in $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2019-10-24 11:34:34 +00:00
Adrian Schmutzler
c79b796280 ar71xx: improve support for TP-Link CPE510 v2
This fixes commit bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510
V2.0") where the support for this device wasn't optimal.

Device support for the CPE510v2 so far has been a hack to enable
flashing with CPE510v1 images. Those even have different hardware (e.g.
additional ethernet port).

With this patch, we provide proper support for this device in ar71xx.

Installation:
- Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI or through TFTP
- To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on
  for around 4-5 seconds and release.
- Rename factory image to recovery.bin
- Stock TFTP server IP: 192.168.0.100
- Stock device TFTP address: 192.168.0.254

Fixes: bae927c551 ("ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0")
Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[Rebased onto revert commit, changed comments in mach-cpe510.c,
changed commit title and description, fixed eth0 MAC address,
removed eth1 initialization]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[squashed revert, added fixes tag]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-10-21 21:54:01 +02:00
Ilya Gordeev
5daf094353 tplink-safeloader: fix compilation warnings
Signed-off-by: Ilya Gordeev <Mirraz@users.noreply.github.com>
2019-10-19 13:16:57 +02:00
Josef Schlehofer
700e7a2eb9 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to version 1.45.4
Fixes CVE-2019-5094

Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
2019-10-08 21:51:08 +02:00
Josef Schlehofer
b4af2c689f expat: Update to version 2.2.9
Fixes CVE-2019-15903

Signed-off-by: Josef Schlehofer <pepe.schlehofer@gmail.com>
2019-10-06 21:28:49 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
cb289777ca ccache: update to 3.7.4
Update ccache to 3.7.4

Release notes:
https://ccache.dev/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_7_4

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-09-26 22:15:25 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
0f7ff74cbf tools/coreutils: install "touch"
Fixes error in setting SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH timestamp on files on rootfs prepare
on non-Linux systems

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-09-25 10:19:24 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
60eb0e8da2 scons: move to packages feed
This patch removes scons host build tool, as commit 7087efd72a8d
("scons: move host build tool to a proper place") in the packages feed
has moved scons into the new home.

There are currently no packages in the master tree which would need
scons, yet scons is build always as part of host tools, just in order to
satisfy host build dependency of few packages in the packages feeds.

Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/9584
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-09-15 22:53:01 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
169152c8d1 tools/mkimage: Update U-Boot to version 2019.07
This updates the U-Boot which provides the host tools like mkimage to
version 2019.07.
The patches were cleaned up and it was checked if this still compiles
on Linux and FreeBSD.

CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE_MAX_SIZE is set to the default value.

The patch for libressl was merged upstream.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2019-09-04 22:35:22 +02:00
Rosen Penev
ac31ec0f62 upslug2: Update to git repository
This has two improvements over the current version. An autotools fix and
application of the wrt350v2 patch.

Cleaned up Makefile as a result of makefiles being fixed.

Note that this package is not really used as it depends on orion, which is
classified as broken.

This is the last package that uses svn in the tree.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2019-09-03 11:56:47 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
f3ab336d7c tools: libelf: fix headers to trigger -Wundef warnings
When libelf from tools/ is used for building the kernel, compilation
aborts due to access to undefined defines since Kbuild adds -Wundef
to the compiler flags.

Patch the header files to use `#if defined(...)` instead of `#if ...`
to prevent such issues.

Ref: https://github.com/NixOS/nixpkgs/issues/59929
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2019-09-03 10:44:21 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
d3f86c9cc3 tools: libelf: install pkg-config file
Install the pkg-config definition for libelf in order to allow the
kernel build process discover it later on.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2019-09-03 10:44:21 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
413c68d120 tools/cmake: Update to 3.15.1
Update CMake to 3.15.1
Refresh patches
Remove inofficial fossies.org and replace with GitHub (link on official site)
Remove 150-C-feature-checks-Match-warnings-more-strictly.patch as it's
a no longer needed backport from upstream.
Disable ccache if GCC is 4.8, 4.9 or 5.X to avoid build failures.
Reference: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/pull/1929

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-09-01 18:38:05 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
08e274da9d tools/mtd-utils: update to 2.1.1
Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-08-27 10:32:44 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
ac2f341036 make-ext4fs: update to HEAD of 2017-05-29 - eebda1
Update make-ext4fs to commit eebda1d55d9701ace2700d7ae461697fadf52d1f

git log --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit 484903e4..eebda1d5

eebda1d make_ext4: Add strict prototypes.
bb9cf91 make_ext4fs: Remove off64_t in favor of standard off_t

Created with the help of the make-package-update-commit.sh script.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2019-08-24 23:18:12 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
234f7a9e5d tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.45.3
Update e2fsprogs to 1.45.3
Remove OpenBSD patch
Remove Darwin patch, neither macports or brew patches these files
Add patch to avoid crond detection on host OS

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-08-17 16:57:32 +02:00
Russell Senior
bcfd1d7685 tools/patch: apply upstream patch for cve-2019-13638
GNU patch through 2.7.6 is vulnerable to OS shell command injection that
can be exploited by opening a crafted patch file that contains an ed style

diff payload with shell metacharacters. The ed editor does not need to be
present on the vulnerable system. This is different from CVE-2018-1000156.

https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2019-13638

Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
2019-08-13 10:00:10 +02:00
Russell Senior
166e626277 tools/scons: update scons to 3.1.1
This version bump includes a bunch of fixes and improvements, which
should fix gpsd build breakage in the package feeds.

Ref: https://github.com/SCons/scons/blob/master/src/CHANGES.txt
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
[added missing commit description]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-08-13 09:49:50 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
854ab1b045 ath79: add support for TP-Link CPE220 v2
This seems to be identical to CPE210 v1 despite having removable
antennas.

Specifications:

    * SoC: Qualcomm Atheros AR9344 (560 MHz)
    * RAM: 64MB
    * Storage: 8 MB
    * Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
    * Ethernet: 2x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN

Installation:

Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP:
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP address:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-08-07 18:04:03 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
8d83a4f545 tplink-safeloader: increase kernel partition for CPE/WBSx10v1
This is a preparation for ath79 support of the CPE210/CPE510 v1.
Kernel size is chosen equal to the latest update for CPE610 v1.

This also updates the partition size in ar71xx target, so code
remains consistent if someone looks up the device. Since CPE210,
CPE510, WBS210 and WBS510 (all v1) share the same partition
layout definition, and are on deprecated target anyway, this
changes them all at once.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-08-07 18:04:03 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
7270fdb62f expat: Update to 2.2.7
Update (lib)expat to 2.2.7

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-08-06 14:03:09 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
ea1acaf5a6 firmware-utils: uimage_padhdr: fix Coverity issue
Fixes following issue reported by Coverity scan:

 *** CID 1452085:  Security best practices violations  (TOCTOU)
 /tools/firmware-utils/src/uimage_padhdr.c: 100 in main()
 94
 95     	if (!infname || !outfname) {
 96     		usage(argv[0]);
 97     		exit(1);
 98     	}
 99
 >>>     CID 1452085:  Security best practices violations  (TOCTOU)
 >>>     Calling function "stat" to perform check on "infname".
 100     	if (stat(infname, &statbuf) < 0) {

Fixes: a1c6a316d2 ("ramips: add support for Fon FON2601")
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-08-04 22:09:20 +02:00
DENG Qingfang
2caf747116 ccache: update to 3.7.2
Update ccache to 3.7.2

Release notes:
https://ccache.dev/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_7_2

Signed-off-by: DENG Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-08-04 13:53:05 +02:00
Russell Senior
995bcc5329 tools/patch: apply upstream patch for CVE-2019-13636
In GNU patch through 2.7.6, the following of symlinks is mishandled in
certain cases other than input files. This affects inp.c and util.c.

https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2019-13636

Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
2019-07-30 10:16:16 +02:00
Daniel Golle
9437012b9e tools/mklibs: update to 0.1.44 and convert to Python 3
Since the switch to Python 3 build fails if CONFIG_USE_MKLIBS is set
("Strip unnecessary functions from libraries" in menuconfig) as
mklibs hasn't been converted to run on Python 3.

 * update to most recent upstream version which brings some
   reproducibility fixes
 * converted to Python 3 using 2to3
 * fixed mixed tab/spaces indentation
 * fixed use of string.* functions
 * some more minor fixes to make Python 3 happy

Fixes commit 19938c8de7 ("build: switch to Python 3")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2019-07-26 23:50:21 +02:00
NOGUCHI Hiroshi
a1c6a316d2 ramips: add support for Fon FON2601
FON2601 is a wireless router.

Specification:
- SoC: Mediatek MT7620A (580MHz)
- RAM: 128 MiB
- ROM: 16 MiB SPI Flash
- Wireless:
   for 11b/g/n (upto 300 Mbps):  MT7620A built-in WMAC
   for 11a/n/ac (upto 867 Mbps): MT7662E
- Ethernet LAN: 1 port, upto 100 Mbps
- Ethernet WAN: 1 port, upto 1000 Mbps
- USB: 1 port (USB 2.0 host)
- LEDs: 4 (all can be controlled by SoC's GPIO)
- buttons: 1 (Displayed as "WPS" on enclosure)
- serial port: 57600n8
 pins: Vcc(3.3V), Rx, Tx, GND
(left to right, viewed from outside of board)

Installation (only available via UART):
  1. download sysupgrade binary image by wget command
  2. write sysupgrade binary image to Flash
     command is:
       mtd write sysupgrade.bin firmware
  3. reboot

Important Notice:
  Only one button is displayed as "WPS" on enclosure.
  However, it is configured as "reset" (factory resetting feature).

Signed-off-by: NOGUCHI Hiroshi <drvlabo@gmail.com>
[removed unrelated openwrt-keyring revert, missing -Wall for uimage_padhdr]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-26 08:09:16 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
316c8b5503 tools/scons: switch to Python 3
Build tested on ath79 with following packages from packages feed which
build depends on scons. None of them build anymore as it seems, that the
SConscripts are written for Python2.

 * packages/net/iotivity (KO, doesn't build even with latest 1.3.1 release)

   SyntaxError: invalid syntax
    File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/iotivity-1.2.1/build_common/SConscript", line 40
      print "\nError: Current system (%s) isn't supported\n" % host

   LookupError: unknown encoding: string_escape:
    File "/home/petr/testing/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/iotivity-1.3.1/SConstruct", line 28:
      SConscript('build_common/SConscript')

 * packages/net/smartsnmpd (KO, seems dead, no commit since 2015):

   SyntaxError: Missing parentheses in call to 'print'
    File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/smartsnmpd-2014-08-13/SConstruct", line 156
      print "Can't find liblua or liblua5.1!"

 * packages/utils/gpsd (KO, doesn't build even with latest 3.18.1 release):

   AttributeError: 'list' object has no attribute 'keys':
     File "/openwrt/build_dir/target-mips_24kc_musl/gpsd-3.18.1/SConstruct", line 1758:
       all_manpages = list(base_manpages.keys()) + list(python_manpages.keys())

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-26 08:09:16 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
5989a75cc4 tools/b43-tools/b43-fwsquash: convert to Python 3 with 2-to-3
Let's convert the script to Python 3.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-26 08:09:16 +02:00
Hans Dedecker
1282a63027 tools: libressl: fix compilation for non-glibc clib (FS#2400)
Fixes compilaton issue for non glibc clibs :

libtool: compile:  gcc -DPACKAGE_NAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_TARNAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_VERSION=\"2.9.2\" "-DPACKAGE_STRING=\"libressl 2.9.2\"" -DPACKAGE_BUGREPORT=\"\" -DPACKAGE_URL=\"\" -DPACKAGE=\"libressl\" -DVERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_DLFCN_H=1 -DLT_OBJDIR=\".libs/\" -DHAVE_SYMLINK=1 -DHAVE_ERR_H=1 -DHAVE_ASPRINTF=1 -DHAVE_MEMMEM=1 -DHAVE_STRLCAT=1 -DHAVE_STRLCPY=1 -DHAVE_STRNDUP=1 -DHAVE_STRNLEN=1 -DHAVE_STRSEP=1 -DHAVE_TIMEGM=1 -DHAVE_SYSLOG=1 -DHAVE_ACCEPT4=1 -DHAVE_PIPE2=1 -DHAVE_POLL=1 -DHAVE_SOCKETPAIR=1 -DHAVE_EXPLICIT_BZERO=1 -DHAVE_GETAUXVAL=1 -DHAVE_GETAUXVAL=1 -DHAVE_DL_ITERATE_PHDR=1 -DHAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME=1 -DHAVE_VA_COPY=1 -DHAS_GNU_WARNING_LONG=1 -DSIZEOF_TIME_T=8 -I. -I../include -I../include/compat -DLIBRESSL_INTERNAL -D__BEGIN_HIDDEN_DECLS= -D__END_HIDDEN_DECLS= -I../crypto/asn1 -I../crypto/bn -I../crypto/ec -I../crypto/ecdsa -I../crypto/evp -I../crypto/modes -I../crypto -I/builds/pantacor/pv-platforms/openwrt-base/openwrt/staging_dir/host/include -D_DEFAULT_SOURCE -D_BSD_SOURCE -D_POSIX_SOURCE -D_GNU_SOURCE -D__STRICT_ALIGNMENT -O2 -I/builds/pantacor/pv-platforms/openwrt-base/openwrt/staging_dir/host/include -fpic -Wall -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing -fno-strict-overflow -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 -fstack-protector-strong -DHAVE_GNU_STACK -Wno-pointer-sign -MT compat/getprogname_linux.lo -MD -MP -MF compat/.deps/getprogname_linux.Tpo -c compat/getprogname_linux.c -o compat/getprogname_linux.o
compat/getprogname_linux.c: In function 'getprogname':
compat/getprogname_linux.c:32:2: error: #error "Cannot emulate getprogname"
 #error "Cannot emulate getprogname"
  ^~~~~

Reported-by: Anibal Portero <anibal.portero@pantacor.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2019-07-23 14:54:07 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
8d6d227bb6 tools: libressl: fix build on MacOS
Making all in tests
depbase=`echo handshake_table.o | sed 's|[^/]*$|.deps/&|;s|\.o$||'`;\
	gcc -DPACKAGE_NAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_TARNAME=\"libressl\" -DPACKAGE_VERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_STRING=\"libressl\ 2.9.2\" -DPACKAGE_BUGREPORT=\"\" -DPACKAGE_URL=\"\" -DPACKAGE=\"libressl\" -DVERSION=\"2.9.2\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_DLFCN_H=1 -DLT_OBJDIR=\".libs/\" -DHAVE_SYMLINK=1 -DHAVE_ERR_H=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE_H=1 -DHAVE_ASPRINTF=1 -DHAVE_MEMMEM=1 -DHAVE_READPASSPHRASE=1 -DHAVE_STRLCAT=1 -DHAVE_STRLCPY=1 -DHAVE_STRNDUP=1 -DHAVE_STRNLEN=1 -DHAVE_STRSEP=1 -DHAVE_TIMEGM=1 -DHAVE_GETPROGNAME=1 -DHAVE_SYSLOG=1 -DHAVE_POLL=1 -DHAVE_SOCKETPAIR=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_BUF=1 -DHAVE_ARC4RANDOM_UNIFORM=1 -DHAVE_TIMINGSAFE_BCMP=1 -DHAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME=1 -DHAVE_VA_COPY=1 -DHAVE___VA_COPY=1 -DSIZEOF_TIME_T=8 -I.  -I../include -I../include/compat -DLIBRESSL_INTERNAL -D__BEGIN_HIDDEN_DECLS= -D__END_HIDDEN_DECLS= -I ../crypto/modes -I ../crypto/asn1 -I ../ssl -I ../tls -I ../apps/openssl -I ../apps/openssl/compat -D_PATH_SSL_CA_FILE=\"../apps/openssl/cert.pem\" -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include  -D__STRICT_ALIGNMENT  -O2 -I/Users/kevin/wrt/staging_dir/host/include  -fpic -Wall -std=gnu99 -fno-strict-aliasing  -fno-strict-overflow -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 -fstack-protector-strong  -Qunused-arguments -Wno-pointer-sign -MT handshake_table.o -MD -MP -MF $depbase.Tpo -c -o handshake_table.o handshake_table.c &&\
	mv -f $depbase.Tpo $depbase.Po
make[4]: *** No rule to make target `/Users/kevin/wrt/build_dir/host/libressl-2.9.2/crypto/.libs/libcrypto_la-cpuid-macosx-x86_64.o', needed by `handshake_table'.  Stop.
make[3]: *** [all-recursive] Error 1

A similar error & clues from
e783d60473

"
LibreSSL 2.9.1 now has a test that requires libtls.a, however, when building a
shared library only build, the --disable-static flag is passed to libressl,
which prevents the building of libtls.a.

With libtls.a not being built, the following error occurs:
libressl-2.9.1/tls/.libs/libtls.a', needed by 'handshake_table'.  Stop.

There are three options to fix this:
1) Stick with autotools, and provide a patch that removes building anything in
   the tests folder.
2) Pass --enable-static to LIBRESSL_CONF_OPTS
3) Change the package type to cmake, as a cmake build does not have this issue."

It appears we cannot change to cmake because cmake has a dependency on
an ssl library.

Take option 1 and do not build the tests.

Also take the opportunity to remove man page building as well.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2019-07-22 17:06:04 +01:00
Roman Yeryomin
3f1e8c0131 tools: libressl: update to 2.9.2 version
To keep in sync with OpenSSL 1.1.x branch version options.

Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
2019-07-21 10:51:43 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
ff7909f69e firmware-utils: mkfwimage: fix build failure on macOS with gcc 9
Fixes following errors:

 src/mkfwimage.c:279:8: error: format specifies type 'long' but the argument has type 'off_t' (aka 'long long') [-Werror,-Wformat]
                      d->stats.st_size,
                     ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 src/mkfwimage.c:280:8: error: format specifies type 'long' but the argument has type 'long long' [-Werror,-Wformat]
                      d->partition_length - d->stats.st_size);
                      ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 src/mkfwimage.c:378:6: error: format specifies type 'unsigned long' but the argument has type 'long long' [-Werror,-Wformat]
                      d->stats.st_size - d->partition_length);
                      ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Reported-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-19 23:04:23 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
04cb651376 firmware-utils: mkfwimage: fix more errors reported by gcc-6/7/9
src/mkfwimage.c:276:8: error: format '%lld' expects argument of type 'long long int', but argument 4 has type '__off_t' {aka 'const long int'} [-Werror=format=]
src/fw.h:71:36: error: format '%llu' expects argument of type 'long long unsigned int', but argument 6 has type '__off_t' {aka 'long int'} [-Werror=format=]
    inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:543:12:
/string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' output truncated before terminating nul copying 4 bytes from a string of the same length [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
    inlined from 'write_part' at src/mkfwimage.c:235:2,
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 16 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
    inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:477:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 256 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
    inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:496:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 4096 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
    inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:481:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 4096 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]
    inlined from 'main' at src/mkfwimage.c:485:5:
string_fortified.h:106:10: error: '__builtin_strncpy' specified bound 16 equals destination size [-Werror=stringop-truncation]

Runtested on ath79 and UBNT Bullet M XW.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-19 22:11:15 +02:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
90b7dbf7d8 firmware-utils: mkfwimage: fix more errors
Fix 4 errors reported by gcc 9

3 mismatched format type errors
1 unused variable error

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2019-07-19 16:56:39 +01:00
Petr Štetiar
9401780c2c firmware-utils: mkfwimage: provide human readable error
While looking at the ath25 build breakage of 19.07 images today I've
encountered following error:

 mkfwimage -B XS5 -v [...] ath25-ubnt5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin.new
 ERROR: Failed creating firmware layout description - error code: -2

Which is barely human readable and needs poking into the source code, so
this patch makes the error more verbose and usable by mere mortals.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-19 16:16:15 +02:00
Petr Štetiar
83e60f0df6 firmware-utils: mkfwimage: enable extra compiler checks and fix them
Let's enforce additional automatic checks enforced by the compiler in
order to catch possible errors during compilation.

Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-19 16:15:25 +02:00
Andrew Cameron
cad4132e00 ath79: add support for TP-Link CPE510-v2/v3
TP-Link CPE510-v2/v3 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344

Specifications:
 - Based on the same underlying hardware as the TP-Link CPE510
 - Power, LAN, and 4 green LEDs
 - 1 10/100Mbps Shielded Ethernet Port (Passive PoE in)
 - Built-in 13dBi 2x2 dual-polarized directional MIMO antenna
 - Adjustable transmission power from 0 to 23dBm/200mw

Flashing instructions:
 Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
 or through TFTP
 To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
 around 4-5 seconds and release.
 Rename factory image to recovery.bin
 Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
 Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
[whitespace fixes]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-07-18 00:06:55 +02:00
Georgi Vlaev
8c51ddeff0 ramips: add support for TP-Link RE650 v1
TP-Link RE650 v1 is a dual-band AC2600 range extender,
based on MediaTek MT7621A and MT7615E. According to the
wikidevi entry for RE650 this device is identical with
TP-Link RE500 as hardware. This patch supports only RE650.

Hardware specification:

- SoC 880 MHz - MediaTek MT7621AT
- 128 MB of DDR3 RAM
- 16 MB - Winbond 25Q128FVSG
- 4T4R 2.4 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 4T4R 5 GHz - MediaTek MT7615E
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet - MT7621AT integrated
- 7x LEDs (Power, 2G, 5G, WPS(x2), Lan(x2))
- 4x buttons (Reset, Power, WPS, LED)
- UART header (J1) - 2:GND, 3:RX, 4:TX
  Serial console @ 57600,8n1

Flash instructions:

Upload
openwrt-ramips-mt7621-tplink_re650-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
from the RE650 web interface.

TFTP recovery to stock firmware:

Unfortunately, I can't find an easy way to recover the RE
without opening the device and using modified binaries. The
TFTP upload will only work if selected from u-boot, which
means you have to open the device and attach to the serial
console. The TFTP update procedure does *not* accept the
published vendor firmware binaries. However, it allows to
flash kernel + rootfs binaries, and this works if you have
a backup of the original contents of the flash. It's probably
possible to create special image out of the vendor binaries
and use that as recovery image.

Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
[re-added variables for kernel header]
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2019-07-17 23:14:23 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
6fac9077c6 tools/gengetopt: Update to 2.23
Update gengetopt to 2.23
Remove 100-dependency_fix.patch, fixed upstream
Rework no tests and docs patch
Fix typo in copyright section

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-07-08 16:42:26 +02:00
Andrew Cameron
d5a38725f8 ath79: increase kernel partition size for CPE610v1
Increase the Kernel partition to address the issue discussed here
https://forum.openwrt.org/t/cpe610-v1-sysupgrade-bin-missing-too-big/39637/5
Switch Back to the okli Loader to support increased partition size

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> [add <> for e-mail]
2019-07-07 13:02:06 +02:00
Andrew Cameron
e15049c88b ath79: add support for TP-Link CPE610-v1
TP-Link CPE610-v1 is an outdoor wireless CPE for 5 GHz with
one Ethernet port based on Atheros AR9344

Specifications:
 - Based on the same underlying hardware as the TP-Link CPE510
 - Power, LAN, WLAN5G green LEDs
 - 23dBi high-gain directional 2×2 MIMO antenna and a dedicated metal reflector

Flashing instructions:
 Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
 or through TFTP
 To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
 around 4-5 seconds and release.
 Rename factory image to recovery.bin
 Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
 Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
2019-06-24 20:22:24 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
9fc03832bc tools/bison: Update to 3.4.1
Update bison to 3.4.1
Remove 010-intl-stub-compat.patch

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-06-22 10:23:56 +02:00
Deng Qingfang
0f4e65ec7b tools/ccache: update to 3.7.1
Update ccache to 3.7.1

Release notes:
https://ccache.dev/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_7_1

Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-06-08 09:59:25 +02:00
Davide Fioravanti
d95dff162a firmware-utils: jcgimage: add support for 4MiB+ images
The first version of this script allowed just 4Mb factory images.
With this patch is possible to set the maximum size of the payload.

For an 8Mb flash, the corresponding maxsize is:
8 * 1024 * 1024 - 5 * 64 * 1024 = 8388608 - 327680 = 8060928

If the -m argument is not set, the default maximum size will be
used for backward compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
2019-05-31 10:30:03 +02:00
Davide Fioravanti
1bbd524e84 firmware-utils: jcgimage: fix style and compiler warnings
Fixed some compilation warnings.

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
2019-05-31 10:30:03 +02:00
Hans Dedecker
33b81b5721 Revert "bc: update to 1.07.1"
This reverts commit 0111b86f1d as it
breaks on Linux distributions without ed support

./fix-libmath_h: line 1: ed: command not found

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2019-05-22 21:27:44 +02:00
Deng Qingfang
0111b86f1d bc: update to 1.07.1
Update bc to 1.07.1
Use GNU mirror

Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-05-22 13:13:06 +02:00
Deng Qingfang
9ccb24c548 scons: update to 3.0.5
Update scons to 3.0.5

Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-05-18 21:17:45 +02:00
Davide Fioravanti
c349cc5752 tools/firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: add Qualcomm layouts
This commit adds the partition layout used by the TP-Link Archer D50
and probably by the TP-Link Archer D7 to mktplinkfw2.

Signed-off-by: Davide Fioravanti <pantanastyle@gmail.com>
2019-05-18 17:59:49 +02:00
Steve Glennon
6411eac5da ipq40xx: add factory image for EnGenius ENS620EXT
Extended  mksenaofw to support new "capwap" header structure.
This supports flashing from factory 3.0.0, 3.0.1, 3.1.0 and 3.5.5
firmware.

Note that the factory image format changes for 3.1 and later firmware,
and that the 3.1.0 and 3.5.5 Engenius firmware will refuse the
factory_30.bin file. Similarly, the 3.0.0 and 3.0.1 Engenius firmware
will refuse the factory_35.bin file.

Flashing from the Engenius 3.1.0 firmware with the factory_35.bin
firmware has not been tested, as 3.1.0 firmware (Engenius "middleFW")
is only intended as part of the upgrade path to 3.5.5 firmware.

Modified ipq40xx image Makefile to appropriately invoke mksenaofw
with new parameters to configure the capwap header.

Note that there is currently no method to return to factory firmware,
so this is a one-way street.

Path from factory 3.0.0 and 3.0.1 (EnGenius) software to OpenWrt is
to navigate to 192.168.1.1 on the stock firmware and navigate to the
firmware menu. Then copy the URL you have for that page, something like
http://192.168.1.1/cgi-bin/luci/;stok=12345abcdef/admin/system/flashops
and replace the trailing /admin/system/flashops with just /easyflashops

You should then be presented with a simple "Firmware Upgrade" page.
On that page, BE SURE TO CLEAR the "Keep Settings:" checkbox.

Choose the openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-factory_30.bin,
click "Upgrade" and on the following page select "Proceed".

Path from factory 3.5.5 (EnGenius) software to OpenWrt is simply to
use the stock firmware update menu. Choose the
openwrt-ipq40xx-engenius_ens620ext-squashfs-factory_35.bin and click
"Upload" and "Proceed".

The device should then flash the OpenWrt firmware and reboot. Note
that this resets the device to a default configuration with Wi-Fi
disabled, LAN1/PoE acting as a WAN port (running DHCP client) and LAN2
acting as a LAN port with a DHCP server on 192.168.1.x (AP is at
192.168.1.1)

Signed-off-by: Steve Glennon <s.glennon@cablelabs.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[sorry, for unfixing the 80-lines eyesores.]
2019-05-11 16:37:11 +02:00
Deng Qingfang
ed5409dbe9 tools/ccache: update to 3.7
Update ccache to 3.7

Release notes:
https://ccache.dev/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_7

Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-04-29 08:54:53 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
f0be038897 tools: cbootimage: depend on automake
Fix missing aclocal reported by buildbot.

Fixes: 8595bb0 ("tools: add cbootimage for tegra")
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2019-04-07 15:25:28 +02:00
Christian Lamparter
7f3facfce2 firmware-utils: fix nec-enc build on older architectures
This patch enable gnu99 mode for the nec-enc utility which
fixes the following build-breaking errors on some older
architectures.

nec-enc.c: In function ‘xor_data’:
nec-enc.c:34:2: error: ‘for’ loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
  for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) {
  ^~~
nec-enc.c:34:2: note: use option -std=c99, -std=gnu99, -std=c11 or -std=gnu11 to compile your code
nec-enc.c: In function ‘main’:
nec-enc.c:101:3: error: ‘for’ loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
   for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) {
   ^~~

Spotted-By: Buildbot
Fixes: fac27643f0 ("firmware-utils: add nec-enc")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
2019-04-06 20:29:35 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
fac27643f0 firmware-utils: add nec-enc
nec-enc provides firmware encoding/decoding with model specific key
for NEC devices.

known devices:

  - Aterm WF1200CR
  - Aterm WG1200CR
  - Aterm WG2600HS

usage:

  nec-enc -i infile -o outfile -k key

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[checkpatch fixes, marked usage as noreturn, added static function,
moved buf* from stack to the global data segment]
2019-04-06 19:14:06 +02:00
Rosen Penev
46dc4e206d tools/xz: Compile with PIC to fix linking errors
I made a similar change to this here:
https://github.com/openwrt/packages/pull/8159

However, it turns out this did not fix the problem as the problem has to
do with tools/xz and not the xz package. The error is the same and causes
linking errors as can be seen above.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2019-04-06 19:14:06 +02:00
Michael Gray
5198258d10 tools: tplink-safeloader: add C7v5 KR Support
The added entry originates from TP-Links latest Archer C7 v5 KR firmware.

Signed-off-by: Michael Gray <michael.gray@lantisproject.com>
2019-04-06 19:14:06 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
b874437644 tools: add cbootimage-configs for tegra
This provides board configuraion tables for various Tegra boards needed
by cbootimage tool to create flashable bootloader images.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2019-04-06 14:48:46 +02:00
Tomasz Maciej Nowak
8595bb0b17 tools: add cbootimage for tegra
Tegra BCT and bootable flash image generator/compiler

>From documentation:
This project provides a tool which compiles BCT (Boot Configuration
Table) images to place into the boot flash of a Tegra-based device.

The tool will either:

a) Compile a textual representation of a BCT into a binary image.

b) Generate an entire boot image from a previously compiled BCT and a
   bootloader binary.

Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
2019-04-06 14:48:46 +02:00
Mario Schroen
5ec205d7ac ath79: Add support for TP-Link CPE210 v3
Specifications:

    * SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
    * RAM: 64MB
    * Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
    * Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
    * Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN

Installation:
    Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI or TFTP
    To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering
    on for around 4-5 seconds and release.
    Rename factory image to recovery.bin
    Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
    Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Thanks to robimarko for the work inside the ar71xx tree.
Thanks to adrianschmutzler for deep discussion and fixes.

Signed-off-by: Mario Schroen <m.schroen@web.de>
[Split into DTS/DTSI, read-only config partition in DTSI]
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
[renamed dtsi filename, light subject touches]
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
2019-04-02 02:10:59 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
a2a972b2cf ar71xx: Use dynamic partitions for TP-Link CPE210 v2
This is also helpful to add support in ath79.

Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
Tested-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2019-04-02 02:08:37 +02:00
Deng Qingfang
bfdf00977d tools/ccache: update to 3.6
Update ccache to 3.6

Signed-off-by: Deng Qingfang <dengqf6@mail2.sysu.edu.cn>
2019-03-24 21:09:17 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
1f149fcad3 firmware-utils: mkdlinkfw: add kernel image offset
Some boards with JBOOT have partiton between bootloader
and kernel image. This patch add possibility to change kernel
partition start address.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2019-03-24 01:44:24 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
d454035430 Revert "tools/cmake: Update to 3.14.0"
The cmake bump to 3.14.0 breaks build on all targets. Revert it for now.

This reverts commit a3446257a8.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2019-03-17 11:25:50 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
a56c21f582 tools/libelf: Add mirrors as main site is dead
Main site hasn't resolved for days so just add a few mirrors instead

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-03-17 10:22:36 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
a3446257a8 tools/cmake: Update to 3.14.0
Update CMake to 3.14.0
Refresh patches
Remove inofficial fossies.org and replace with GitHub (link on official site)
Remote 150-C-feature-checks-Match-warnings-more-strictly.patch as it's
a no longer needed backport from upstream.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-03-16 22:01:59 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
db91418766 ath79: add support for TP-Link RE350K v1
TP-Link RE350K v1 (FCC ID: TE7RE350K) is a wall-plug AC1200 Wi-Fi range
extender with 'Kasa Smart' support. Device is based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9558 + QCA9882 + AR8035 platform and is available only on US market.

Specification:

- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 1x 1 Gbps Ethernet (AR8035)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558), with ext. PA (SE2565T) and LNA (SKY65971-11)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (QCA9882), with ext. PA (SE5003L1-R) and LNA (SKY65981-11)
- 2x U.FL connector on PCB
- 2x dual-band PCB antennas
- 1x LED, 2x dual-color LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 3x button (app config, led, reset)
- 1x mechanical on/off slide switch
- 1x UART (4-pin, 2.54 mm pitch) header on PCB
- 1x JTAG (8-pin, 1.27 mm pitch) header on PCB

Flash instruction:
Use 'factory' image directly in vendor GUI (default IP: 192.168.0.254,
default credentials: admin/admin).

Warning:
This device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism in U-Boot.

Vendor firmware access:
You can access vendor firmware over serial (RX line requires jumper
resistor in R306 place, near XTAL) with: root/sohoadmin credentials.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2019-03-11 22:00:26 +01:00
Daniel Golle
a18d41996e tools: tar: update to version 1.32
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2019-03-10 21:36:28 +01:00
Moritz Warning
7fc4dd3611 cmake: match warnings more strictly in C++ feature checks
Require the word "warning" to appear at the start of a line, after
whitespace, or after a `:`.  This is the same that CTest launchers use
to match warnings.  It avoids matching "warning" inside file paths.
Fixed in cmake 3.14.0.

Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
2019-03-10 17:48:23 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
fd8705e635 tools/mkimage: use http download server (fixes FS#2052)
Fixes timeouts with trying to access the FTP site.
Also remove mirror2.openwrt.org, which does not keep current tarballs

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-03-07 13:28:30 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
068c4cf407 tools: squashfskit4 should only depend on coreutils on non-linux systems
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2019-03-03 20:58:52 +01:00
Alexander Couzens
ac3bae907f tools/squashfskit: fix version detection on non-linux system
gnu date is present in our staging_dir which means squashfskit will fail
to build. Prevent also a race condition if coreutils is build after
squashfskit.

To prevent a race condition, depend on coreutils.

Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2019-03-03 19:45:10 +01:00
Alexander Couzens
889b6423b7
tools: migrate from squashfs4 to squashfskit4
squashfskit is a fork of the squashfs-tools.
squashfskit creates reproducible filesystems and includes
many of the distro patches.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Tested-by: Paul Spooren <mail@aparcar.org>
2019-02-28 01:38:46 +01:00
Syrone Wong
7fb58b8f00 tools/isl: update to 0.20
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
2019-02-26 23:20:04 +01:00
Linus Walleij
c72b1d8468 gemini: Generate harddisk image for DNS-313
This makes OpenWrt build an Ext2+Ext4 partitioned image
for the D-Link DNS-313 with two blank partitions, a boot
partition on /dev/sda3 and a rootfs partition on
/dev/sda4.

This uses the methods already used in apm821xx including
the tricks to convert the generated Ext2 filesystem
partition to version 1 so that the firmware bootloader
will properly recognize it.

We patch a bit around the build files to make sure we
get the rootfs size set and that genext2fs is properly
built.

Tested on the D-Link DNS-313.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[Fixing and tricksing]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2019-02-20 18:51:31 +01:00
Linus Walleij
6cdf08f026 firmware-tools/ptgen: Allow generation 0 size partitions
The firmware on the D-Link DNS-313 NAS require two blank
partitions before the boot partition. Support this if
explicitly requested with a "-n" flag.

Tested on the D-Link DNS-313.

Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[Broken out from original patch]
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2019-02-20 18:51:31 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
93034bf7f0 tools/mpfr: Update to 4.0.2
Update mpfr to 4.0.2
Use official site as last resort
Force thread-safety functionality
Refresh patches

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-02-10 20:51:09 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
a3383e4b01 tools/bison: Update to 3.3.2
Update bison to 3.3.2
Enable pthreads support
Refresh patches

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-02-10 20:49:56 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
a3df068b31 tools/sed: Update to 4.7
Update sed to 4.7
Enable pthreads support

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-02-10 20:48:25 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
1d1dabdf0a tools/tar: Update to 1.31
Update tar to 1.31
Fixes CVE-2018-20482
Switch to tar.xz tarball
Refresh patches

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2019-02-10 20:47:58 +01:00
Skirmantas Lauzikas
9c01273e5e ath79: add support for TP-Link Archer C2 V3 (AC900)
This commit adds support for the TP-link Archer C2 V3 (AC900).

Specifications:

 - CPU: QCA9563 750Mhz
 - Ram: 64MB (DDR2)
 - Flash: 8MB (SPI NOR)
 - Ethernet: 5x 10/100/1000
 - Wifi: QCA9563 bgn + QCA9887 an+ac
 - 9x Leds, 2x buttons

Flash instructions:

Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c2-v3-squashfs-factory.bin
via the router Web interface and flash as normal firmware update.

Signed-off-by: Skirmantas Lauzikas <skirmantas.lauzikas@blackraven.lt>
[reorder entries, fix trailing whitespace in dts, add firmware partition
 compatible string, remove led default off states, use default on state
 for system led, reuse tplink-safeloader-uimage image build recipe, squash
 with dynamic partitioning commit, reword commit message, add
 installation instructions]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2019-01-27 16:41:10 +01:00
Skirmantas Lauzikas
30f48fb107 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: Fix for Archer C2 V3 image generation
Fix for factory image generation, so that stock firmware will accept the
openwrt image.

Ref: https://forum.openwrt.org/t/support-for-tp-link-archer-c2-v3/15617/17
Signed-off-by: Skirmantas Lauzikas <skirmantas.lauzikas@blackraven.lt>
[reword commit message, use correct order for conditions,
 trim trailing whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2019-01-27 16:41:05 +01:00
Michael Gray
963a83d82b tools: tplink-safeloader: add C7v5 RU Support
The added entry originates from TP-Links latest Archer C7 v5 RU firmware.

Signed-off-by: Michael Gray <michael.gray@lantisproject.com>
2019-01-27 11:52:24 +01:00
David Bauer
36a091cb07 tools: mktplinkfw2: add split-uboot layout
This commit adds the split-uboot partition layout used by the
Archer C50 v4 to mktplinkfw2.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2019-01-26 21:46:32 +01:00
Kuang Rufan
eb31562370 tools/sed: fix incorrect dependency.
sed shall depend on xz instead of xz depends on sed.

Signed-off-by: Kuang Rufan <master@a1983.com.cn>
2019-01-22 11:28:49 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
26a016731d firmware-utils: mksercommfw: overhaul image creation
Move the zip compression into a build recipe. Pad the image using the
existing build recipes as well to remove duplicate functionality

Change the code to append header and footer in two steps. Allow to use a
fixed filename as the netgear update image does.

Use a fixed timestamp within the zip archive to make the images
reproducible.

Due to the changes we are now compatible to the gnu89 c standard used by
default on the buildbots and we don't need to force a more recent
standard anymore.

Beside all changes, the footer still looks wrong in compare to the
netgear update image.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2019-01-15 19:11:54 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
18c9faa032 tools: zip: add option for reproducible archives
Add the option -mt/--mtime to pass a timestamp which is used as filedate
for the containing files.

So far, it isn't used for anything written to the extra fields,
therefore requires the -X (eXclude eXtra file attributes) parameter to
be effective.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2019-01-15 19:11:53 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
ad8c2d6099 tools: add zip utility
One image requires a zip compressed image, so add the zip util found in
the packages feed, and extend it with some useful debian patches.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2019-01-15 19:11:53 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
01e95dc0dc firmware-utils: mkdlinkfw: fix build
While we don't need the gnu99 option anymore, we still need to force the
c99 standard to fix the following build error on the build bots:

src/mkdlinkfw.c: In function 'find_auh_headers':
src/mkdlinkfw.c:267:3: error: 'for' loop initial declarations are only allowed in C99 or C11 mode
   for (int i = 0; i < header_counter; i++) {
   ^
src/mkdlinkfw.c:267:3: note: use option -std=c99, -std=gnu99, -std=c11 or -std=gnu11 to compile your code

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2019-01-13 19:28:54 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
0e78af22d9 firmware-utils: mkdlinkfw: fix error handling
fread() doesn't set errno, ferror need to be used to check for errors.
While at it, check if we read the expect number of elements.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2019-01-13 18:31:10 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
e428b127e7 firmware-utils: mkdlinkfw: create reproducible header
Use the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable if set instead of the
current time. The used timestamp matches the timestamp of the latest
commit this way and make the images reproducible.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2019-01-13 18:31:10 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
f4aa9d8839 firmware-utils: mkdlinkfw: cleanup code
Drop unused function and macros. With the cleanup the gnu extension
typeof isn't used any longer and the gnu99 compile flag can be dropped.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2019-01-13 18:31:10 +01:00
Hans Dedecker
e42a227ee3 tools/firmware-utils: fix sysupgrade typo in mkdapimg2
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2019-01-12 19:47:25 +01:00
Hans Dedecker
7197115c25 tools/firmware-utils: fix sysupgrade typo in mkdapimg
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2019-01-12 19:44:35 +01:00
Egor Mikhaylov
ff62e83211 bison: update to 3.2.4
Signed-off-by: Egor Mikhaylov <nagakamira@gmail.com>
2019-01-07 22:08:44 +01:00
Georgi Vlaev
d03aae1a09 ath79: add support for TP-Link Archer C6 v2
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer C6 v2 (EU)

Hardware specification:
- SOC: Qualcomm QCA9563 @ 775MHz
- Flash: GigaDevice GD25Q64CSIG (8MiB)
- RAM: Zentel A3R1GE40JBF (128 MiB DDR2)
- Ethernet: Qualcomm QCA8337N: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
  - 2.4GHz (bgn) QCA9563 integrated (3x3)
  - 5GHz (ac) Qualcomm QCA9886 (2x2)
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 6x LEDs: power, wlan2g, wlan5g, lan, wan, wps
- UART: There's no UART header on the board

Flash instructions:

Upload
openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-c6-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
via the router Web interface.

Flash instruction using tftp recovery:

1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the router
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the
   tftp root directory renamed to ArcherC6v2_tp_recovery.bin.
4. Connect power cable to router, press and hold the reset
   button and turn the router on
5. Keep the reset button pressed until the WPS LED lights up
6. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing

According to the GPL source the non-EU variant has different
GPIOs assigned to some of the LEDs and buttons. The flash
layout might be different as well. The wikidevi entry for
Archer A6/C6 assumes they are identical.

Signed-off-by: Georgi Vlaev <georgi.vlaev@gmail.com>
2018-12-31 16:25:11 +01:00
Hans Dedecker
77429a820f tools/cmake: update to 3.13.2
Update to the latest stable version and refresh patches; see
https://cmake.org/cmake/help/v3.13/release/3.13.html for the latest
changes in 3.13.x

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2018-12-29 18:12:28 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
5f978eec18 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.44.5
Update e2fsprogs to 1.44.5

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-12-27 13:47:50 +01:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
9145f5209f firmware-utils: add hex pattern mode for xorimage
This commit adds "hex pattern mode" to xorimage. This mode allows xor
with a hexadecimal pattern that cannot be expressed with ASCII
charactors.

usage (example):
  xorimage -i firmware.bin -o firmware.bin.new -p 6A57190601121E4C -x

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com> (fix checkpatch)
2018-12-24 19:18:07 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
666dd5dc01 tools/mtools: Update to 4.0.23
Update mtools to 4.0.23
Drop patch, workaround in upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-12-24 17:05:57 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
99ddff0c7f tools: Update endian definitions for Mac OSX
- it appears (at least from OS X verison 10.10, Yosemite) that the
    big and little endian defintions have changed.

    the older

       #include <sys/_endian.h>
       #include <architecture/byte_order.h>

    reference yielded the following warning:

         #define __bswap_16(x)      NXSwapShort(x)
                                    ^
       /usr/include/architecture/byte_order.h:45:1: note: 'NXSwapShort' has been explicitly marked deprecated here

    For the new OS X editions, it seems that we need to refer to:

      #include <netinet/in.h>
      #include <libkern/OSByteOrder.h>

    and respectively use 'OSSwapInt16', 'OSSwapInt32', & 'OSSwapInt64', in
    place of 'NXSwapShort', 'NXSwapLong' & 'NXSwapLongLong'.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2018-12-19 15:08:30 +00:00
Karl-Felix Glatzer
1e4ee63cc8 ath79: add support for TP-Link Archer A7
This patch adds support for TP-Link Archer A7

Specification:
- SOC: QCA9563
- Flash: 16 MiB (SPI)
- RAM: 128 MiB (DDR2)
- Ethernet: 4x 1Gbps LAN + 1x 1Gbps WAN
- Wireless:
  - 2.4GHz (bgn) SoC internal
  - 5GHz (ac) QCA988x
- USB: 1x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1x power, 1x reset, 1x wps
- LED: 10x LEDs
- UART: holes in PCB
  - Vcc, GND, RX, TX from ethernet port side
  - 115200n8

Flash instructions:

Upload openwrt-ath79-generic-tplink_archer-a7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
via the Webinterface.

Flash instruction using tftp recovery:

1. Connect the computer to one of the LAN ports of the Archer A7
2. Set the computer IP to 192.168.0.66
3. Start a tftp server with the OpenWrt factory image in the tftp
   root directory renamed to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin
2. Connect power cable to Archer A7, press and hold the reset button
   and turn the router on
3. Keep the reset button pressed for ~5 seconds
4. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing

Changes since first revision:

  - Flash instructions using stock image webinterface
  - Changed "Version 5" in model string to "v5"
  - Split DTS file in qca9563_tplink_archer-x7-v5.dtsi
    and qca9563_tplink_archer-a7-v5.dts
  - Firmware image is now build with dynamic partitioning
  - Default to ath10k-ct

Changes since second revision:
  - Changed uboot@0 to uboot@20000 in DTS file
  - Fixed ordering issue in board led script
  - Specify firmware partition format in DTS file
  - Rebased Makefile device definition on common
    Device/tplink-safeloader-uimage definition
  - Merged switch section in network script
    (same configuration as tplink,tl-wdr3600
    and tplink,tl-wdr4300)

Signed-off-by: Karl-Felix Glatzer <karl.glatzer@gmx.de>
2018-12-17 08:09:13 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
02324da206 tools/sdimage: Fix build with host Linux headers < 3.18
The ufb tool needs the host UAPI Linux headers from kernel 3.18
or later, remove it for now as it is not used anyway.

Fixes: 4bf5c4395b ("tools/sdimage: update to latest git version")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-12-16 14:03:35 +01:00
Michael Heimpold
4bf5c4395b tools/sdimage: update to latest git version
This includes code cleanups and fixes some portability issues,
compiler warnings about printf arguments etc.

Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
2018-12-16 00:57:20 +01:00
Mathias Kresin
262b885b83 ramips: use new image build code for D-Link DCS-930 family
Drop the factory images and the firmware tool to create them. They don't
work any more, since the factory image has an uImage header covering the
whole kernel + rootfs. This way the uImage splitter will not be able to
find the rootfs and the kernel will panic later on.

The factory images were most likely added at a time the board had
distinct partitions for kernel and rootfs.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-12-12 11:01:59 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
731a12ad83 tools/bison: Update to 3.2.2
Update bison to 3.2.2

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-11-27 10:28:28 +01:00
Rosen Penev
7ef38e42c8 flex: Add a lex symlink
Some packages like libpfring assume the presense of lex, which on some
other systems is a symlink to flex but not all. Symlink flex to fix
compilation.

Arch Linux and Fedora do this as far as I know.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-11-25 19:23:03 +01:00
David Bauer
53020ed4b9 tools: tplink-safeloader: add C7v5 EU SupportList
Currently flash from WebIF is broken for Archer C7 v5 EU models as their
SupportList entries are missing.

The added entries originate from TP-Links latest Archer C7 v5 EU
firmware.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2018-11-23 21:22:51 +00:00
Hans Dedecker
80526d2fed bison: update to 3.2.1
Chnages since 3.2:

b590ad02 version 3.2.1
05e70adf build: fix issues in the generated tarball
7efe0b5d build: fix typo
351e3630 NEWS: update
4fd1fc70 examples: ship them
e02ce4c7 build: minor fixes in doc/
7cab285e CI: maximize chances of errors sooner
86efe282 c++: improve the generated documentation
cf1446dc tests: don't fail if the C++ compiler does not work
e93c40b3 tests: don't disable C++ warnings in C files
eff67391 c++: workaround portability issue
5a0d7802 tests: work around getopt portability issues
f1e0839c doc: -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant was added to GCC 4.7
3bf429ae examples: #include <cstring> in calc++
f8cadc73 c: provide a definition of _Noreturn that works for C++
bd7aebb8 c: update the definition of _Noreturn
ca8039e6 tests: don't expect the shell to support 'local'
5d07f4f7 bitset: fix warning
e605ad96 build: fix use of gnulib Make variables
50fac71d maint: post-release administrivia

Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
2018-11-15 11:45:25 +01:00
Ted Hess
042d68a195 tools/pkg-config: Handle variable substitution of 'bindir' to redirect to STAGING_DIR/bin
Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
2018-11-13 15:40:30 -05:00
Daniel Engberg
04f4dd6fa2 tools/cmake: Update to 3.12.4
Update cmake to 3.12.4

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-11-12 12:04:38 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
1a73b2d089 tools: firmware-utils: mksercommfw build on Darwin
asm/byteorder.h & hence __cpu_to_be32() doesn't exist on Darwin

Shamelessly copy some byte swap functions from oseama.c

Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2018-11-09 13:27:03 +00:00
Koen Vandeputte
b4e17a7440 ramips: fix netgear r6120 factory image generation
as indicated in commit c5bf408ed6 "(ramips: fix image generation for mt76x8")
more rework was needed to fix the other issues.

Building on another machine, but using the same arch, showed
the application failing again for different reasons.

Fix this by completely rewriting the application, fixing following found issues:

- buffer overflows, resulting in stack corruption
- flaws in memory requirement calculations (too small, too large)
- memory leaks
- missing bounds checking on string handling
- non-reproducable images, by using unitilized memory in checksum calculation
- missing error handling, resulting in succes on specific image errors
- endianness errors when building on BE machines
- various minor build warnings
- documentation did not match the code actions (header item locations)
- allowing input to be decimal, hex or octal now

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-11-08 13:32:22 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
c5bf408ed6 ramips: fix image generation for mt76x8
Buildbot fails to generate images for targets also generating a
Sercomm binary with following error:

Opening file: /mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/owrt_mt76x8/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt76x8/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6120-squashfs-factory.img.rootfs.zip
Filesize: 3648606 .
mksercommfw: malloc.c:2427: sysmalloc: Assertion `(old_top == initial_top (av) && old_size == 0) || ((unsigned long) (old_size) >= MINSIZE && prev_inuse (old_top) && ((unsigned long) old_end & (pagesize - 1)) == 0)' failed.
Makefile:287: recipe for target '/mnt/ramdisk/koen/firmware/builds/owrt_mt76x8/build_dir/target-mipsel_24kc_musl/linux-ramips_mt76x8/tmp/openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-netgear_r6120-squashfs-factory.img' failed

Debugging using valgrind shows stack corruption due to a buffer overflow.
The author of the generator assumes the filename ends with "root",
while it should be "rootfs".

Fix this by accounting for the 2 missing characters which solves the build issues.

More work is required to cleanup this source, which will be done later on.

Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-11-06 15:29:51 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
f1ed7747bb tools/bison: update to version 3.2
Update bison to version 3.2

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-11-05 14:04:26 +01:00
Rosen Penev
32fc41baab tools/patch: Add fedora patch for crashing git style patches
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-patch/2018-10/msg00000.html

I assume a CVE number will be assigned soon.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-11-01 17:16:52 +01:00
Thorsten Glaser
a395563f68 build: fix libressl build on x32 (amd64ilp32) host
disable use of assembly code since x32 gets misdetected as amd64

Signed-off-by: Thorsten Glaser <tg@mirbsd.org>
2018-11-01 17:16:52 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
b0a2e60793 tools/ccache: update to 3.5
Update ccache to 3.5

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-11-01 13:49:52 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
f3b80c36bb ar71xx: fix sysupgrade generation for some targets
These targets are already defined as having a dynamic partition
but the safeloader was not adapted for them.

This causes a build warning for the sysupgrade image being too big.

Targets:
- c58-v1
- c60-v1
- c60-v2
- TL-WR1043 v5
- TL-WR902AC v1
- TL-WR942N V1

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-10-29 11:21:23 +01:00
Koen Vandeputte
7c78be1b74 ar71xx: switch more targets to dynamic partitioning
Targets:
- TP-LINK ER355
- TP-LINK C25 V1
- TP-LINK C59 V1
- TP-LINK C7 V4
- TP-LINK C7 V5

Fixes build issues seen due to the kernel being too big

Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-10-29 11:21:23 +01:00
Radek Dostál
9d35b68776 ar71xx: switch TP-Link RE450 v1 to dynamic partitioning
As mentioned in commit 5f24933 recent changes on ar71xx (switch to 4.14,
memory compaction, ...) cause an increase in kernel size, making it too
big for RE450.

RE450 images were not build due to the following error message:
os-image partition too big (more than 1572864 bytes): Success

Tested on RE450, device boots and was used to send this patch.

Reported-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
[rewrote commit msg keeping it tight + fixed SoB lines]
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-10-29 11:21:23 +01:00
Arthur Skowronek
5f2cb6d7dc tools/pkg-config: pass arguments at the end
Go for openwrt passes pkg-config arguments in the format of

        pkg-config --cflags -- pkg-name

which in turn will be passed down to the real pkg-config as something
like

        pkg-config.real --cflags -- pkg-name --define...

and causes the real pkg-config implementation to missinterpret the given
argument list.

This also helps to fix https://github.com/golang/go/issues/27940

Signed-off-by: Arthur Skowronek <arthur.skowronek@tuta.io>
2018-10-20 16:24:29 +02:00
Rosen Penev
622176262d tools/xz: Add PKG_CPE_ID for proper CVE tracking
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-10-16 19:17:36 +01:00
Rosen Penev
74a5c619dc tools/libressl: Add PKG_CPE_ID for proper CVE tracking
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2018-10-16 19:16:28 +01:00
Rosen Penev
a6bd9d0cb6 tools: patch: Add missing CVE-2018-6951 fix
uscan reports a new CVE now that PKG_CPE_ID was added.

Reordered patches by date.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
[re-title commit & refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2018-10-16 11:51:10 +01:00
Hauke Mehrtens
759f111f8d tools: patch: Fix build by not modifing Makefile.am
A new test case was adding in one of the patches fixing a problem, this
also included a change in the test/Makefile.am to add this test case.
The build system detected a change in the Makefile.am and wants to
regenerate the Makefile.in, but this fails because automake-1.15 is not
installed yet. As automake depends on patch being build first, make sure
we do not modify the Makefile.am.

This fixes build problem seen by the build bots.

Fixes: 4797dddfde ("patch: apply upstream cve fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-10-14 16:47:15 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
07e8c217cb tools: patch: make patch build depend on automake
The Makefile.am changed and now patch wants to use automake to
regenerate the Makefile.in. Make sure automake was build before we build
patch.

This fixes build problem seen by the build bots.
Fixes: 4797dddfde ("patch: apply upstream cve fixes")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-10-14 15:27:38 +02:00
Russell Senior
4797dddfde patch: apply upstream cve fixes
Apply two upstream patches to address two CVEs:

 * CVE-2018-1000156
 * CVE-2018-6952

Add PKG_CPE_ID to Makefile.

Build tested on apm821xx and ar71xx.

Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
2018-10-14 13:36:09 +01:00
Tobias Schramm
8f697e406a mkfwimage: Add image type definition for WA images
This patch adds a new type of ubiquiti image, the WA image. First seen
on the NanoStation AC loco the generic name implies that we will see
this type of image on more ubiquiti devices thus it makes sense to
implement it in mkfwimage.

The main difference is that WA images are signed. The "END" header has
been replaced by a "ENDS" header followed by a 2048 bit RSA signature.
This signature is not being generated by mkfwimage and filled with 0x00.

Signed-off-by: Tobias Schramm <tobleminer@gmail.com>
2018-10-07 10:46:20 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
f6159c1e37 tools/cmake: Update to 3.12.3
Update CMake to 3.12.3

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-10-07 02:10:15 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
9efd0cb403 tools/bison: Update to 3.1
Update bison to 3.1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-10-07 02:10:15 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
6bdc6cdd04 tools/libressl: Update to 2.8.1
Update libressl to 2.8.1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-10-07 02:10:15 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
7808ba86ea tools/mtools: Update to 4.0.19
Update mtools to 4.0.19

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-10-07 02:10:15 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
03c7c8c853 tools/e2fsprogs: fix build with clang
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-09-15 15:49:43 +02:00
Marko Ratkaj
6e80dd58bb tools/expat: fix docbook2man error on some systems
On some systems (Gentoo) configure stage fails because of docbook2man
working with SGML rather than with XML. We don't need xmlwf man pages so
we disable this.

Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
2018-09-11 15:00:09 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
3e734e822b tools/expat: Update to 2.2.6
Update (lib)expat to 2.2.6

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-09-10 10:01:27 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
c6a0d57ca9 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.44.4
Update e2fsprogs to 1.44.4

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-09-10 10:01:09 +02:00
INAGAKI Hiroshi
7a67b437e7 firmware-utils: mkedimaximg: add "big-endianness mode" option
In addition to the default little-endianness format, I added a mode
so that we can generate firmware with big-endianness format.

example: ELECOM WRC-300GHBK2-I (QCA9563)

Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
2018-09-10 09:29:39 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
791a3a22ad tools/cmake: Update to 3.12.2
Update CMake to 3.12.2

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-09-09 21:38:20 +02:00
David Bauer
8e9a59a6b9 build: add mkrasimage
The current make-ras.sh image generation script for the ZyXEL NBG6617
has portability issues with bash. Because of this, factory images are
currently not built correctly by the OpenWRT buildbots.

This commit replaces the make-ras.sh by C-written mkrasimage.

The new mkrasimage is also compatible with other ZyXEL devices using
the ras image-format.
This is not tested with the NBG6616 but it correctly builds the
header for ZyXEL factory image.

Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
2018-08-28 11:26:53 +02:00
Ryan Mounce
9c6c7d11c7 firmware-utils/mksercommfw: fix build with clang/macOS
fixes error: non-void function 'main' should return a value

Fixes: FS#1770

Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
2018-08-14 10:19:37 +02:00
Andy Walsh
22b8237ba1 firmware-utils/mksercommfw: fix musl build
* add missing <sys/types.h> for musl

Signed-off-by: Andy Walsh <andy.walsh44+github@gmail.com>
2018-08-13 14:37:04 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
0578993a41 tools/cmake: Update to 3.12.1
Update cmake to 3.12.1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-08-13 09:12:24 +02:00
Ludwig Thomeczek
e5b802b9c2 firmware-utils: add sercomm/netgear tool
This adds a tool to generate a firmware file accepted
by Netgear or sercomm devices.

They use a zip-packed rootfs with header and a custom
checksum. The generated Image can be flashed via the
nmrpflash tool or the webinterface of the router.

Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
2018-08-13 08:37:19 +02:00
Luis Araneda
caebb77b45 tools: findutils: fix compilation with glibc 2.28
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2018-08-10 06:29:49 +02:00
Luis Araneda
8ae8489986 tools: m4: fix compilation with glibc 2.28
Add a temporary workaround to compile with glibc 2.28
as some constants were removed and others made private

Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
2018-08-10 06:29:32 +02:00
Andrew Cameron
bae927c551 ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0
Adds Support for the TP-LINK CPE510 V2.0 by TP-Link.
The hardware is almost the same as the CPE510 V1.0
Follow the same processes as for the CPE510 V1.0

Signed-off-by: Andrew Cameron <apcameron@softhome.net>
2018-08-02 07:49:26 +02:00
Keith Maika
4caab80830 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link Archer C59 v2
TP-Link Archer C59v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561+QCA9886 chips.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:
  - via web UI:
    1. Download openwrt-ar71xx-generic-archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
    2. Login to router and open the Advanced tab
    3. Navigate to System Tools -> Firmware Upgrade
    4. Upload firmware using the Manual Upgrade form
  - via TFTP:
    1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
    2. Download openwrt-ar71xx-generic-archer-c59-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
       and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
    3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
    4. Turn off the router
    5. Press and hold Reset button
    6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
    7. Release the reset button and after a short time
       the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
    8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

Signed-off-by: Keith Maika <keithm@aoeex.com>
2018-07-30 14:04:45 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
b078229412 tools/cmake: Update to 3.12.0
Update cmake to 3.12.0
Remove 140-curl-fix-libressl.patch as fix is in upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-07-29 10:08:20 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
df5f914b83 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.44.3
Update e2fsprogs to 1.44.3

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-07-16 10:11:35 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
a07e1126bc tools: kernel2minor: update to latest version
9fa9190 create reproducible images

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-07-12 18:15:33 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
7ec931b7f0 tools/ccache: update to 3.4.2
update version and refresh patch

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-07-06 17:50:30 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
55fa8068c4 tools/cmake: update to 3.11.4
Update cmake and refresh patches.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-07-06 17:50:19 +02:00
Hyeonsik Song
c2766270ef firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add calloc error handling
Signed-off-by: Hyeonsik Song <blogcin@naver.com>
2018-07-04 01:20:01 +02:00
Peter Lundkvist
781ad46206 ath79: add support for TP-Link RE450 v2
TP-Link RE450 v2 is a dual band router/range-extender
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9880.

Specification:

- 775 MHz CPU
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (AR8033 PHY)
- 7x LED, 4x button
- UART header on PCB (needs unmounted R64 & R69 0201 resistors/jumpers)

Flash instruction:
Apply factory image in OEM firmware web-gui.

U-Boot does not seem to have any recovery functions, so
debricking requires connection via UART.

Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
2018-07-02 07:05:33 +02:00
Lucian Cristian
4ec9763ee9 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: switch tl-wr1043nd-v4 to dynamic partitions
Use the new dynamic partition split in tplink-safeloader so we no longer
have to worry about kernel size increases.

Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
2018-06-27 08:42:54 +02:00
Alex Maclean
97da92b127 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: switch RE350 to dynamic partitions
Use the new dynamic partition split in tplink-safeloader so we no longer
have to worry about kernel size increases.

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
2018-06-26 07:05:00 +02:00
Alex Maclean
408c54b02f firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add dynamic partitions
Add support to dynamically split the firmware partition into os-image
and file-system partitions. This is done by replacing those entries in
the partition table with a single unified firmware partition, which is
then split according to actual kernel image size.

The factory image will have the file-system partition aligned to a 64K
erase block, but the sysupgrade image skips this and aligns only the
JFFS2 EOF marker to squeeze out more space.

This should prevent further creeping updates to the kernel partition
size while maximizing space for the overlay filesystem on smaller
devices.

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
2018-06-26 07:04:09 +02:00
Alex Maclean
0a2f21fa71 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw: add rootfs offset for combined images
Add an option (-O) to calculate rootfs offset for combined images.

This is needed for the TP-Link mtdsplit driver to locate the rootfs
when the start is not aligned to an erase block. This will be the
case for sysupgrade images produced by tplink-safeloader with upcoming
dynamic partition splitting.

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
2018-06-26 07:03:57 +02:00
Adrian Schmutzler
5c5bf8b865
ar71xx: Add support for TP-Link CPE210 v2
This PR adds support for a popular low-cost 2.4GHz N based AP

Specifications:
 - SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9533 (650MHz)
 - RAM: 64MB
 - Storage: 8 MB SPI NOR
 - Wireless: 2.4GHz N based built into SoC 2x2
 - Ethernet: 1x 100/10 Mbps, integrated into SoC, 24V POE IN

Installation:
Flash factory image through stock firmware WEB UI
or through TFTP
To get to TFTP recovery just hold reset button while powering on for
around 4-5 seconds and release.
Rename factory image to recovery.bin
Stock TFTP server IP:192.168.0.100
Stock device TFTP adress:192.168.0.254

Notes:
TP-Link does not use bootstrap registers so without this patch reference
clock detects as 40MHz while it is actually 25MHz.
This is due to messed up bootstrap resistor configuration on the PCB.
Provided GPL code just forces 25MHz reference clock.
That causes booting with completely wrong clocks, for example, CPU tries
to boot at 1040MHz while the stock is 650MHz.
So this PR depends on PR #672 to remove 40MHz reference clock.
Thanks to Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org> for properly patching that.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adrian Schmutzler <freifunk@adrianschmutzler.de>
2018-06-23 16:06:31 +02:00
Arvid E. Picciani
bf39d5594b ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK Archer C7 v5
TP-Link Archer C7 v5 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9563+QCA9880.

Specification:

- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 10x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface

Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v5-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v5_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

Signed-off-by: Arvid E. Picciani <aep@exys.org>
2018-06-20 15:36:19 +02:00
Krystian Kozak
142477e751 b43-tools: update to latest git HEAD
122ca37 Rename bits in hostflags to match new identifiers for the hostflags
32c2a3c Change order of identifiers to be ascending with the spr numbers
f7016b5 Remove definitions which are not Broadcom specific
b77c0a3 debug: Fix ordering of HF bits
3f46e61 fwcutter: Add firmware 9.10.178.27
27892ef fwcutter/make: Avoid _DEFAULT_SOURCE warning

Signed-off-by: Krystian Kozak <krystian.kozak20@gmail.com>
2018-06-18 20:29:38 +02:00
Lucian Cristian
71ae0792ba ath79: add tl-wr1043nd-v4 support everything is working
tplink-safeloader: resize kernel partition
kernel 4.14 is much bigger, resize the partition

Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
2018-06-18 18:21:20 +02:00
Zoltan HERPAI
3e0489dcd9 tools: build squashfs (v3) for ath79
Certain Netgear and AVM devices use BE squashfs for the kernel image. As
squashfs4 only supports creating LE images, add squashfs (v3) into
the tools to be built for ath79.

Trying to use an LE squashfs (thus trying to use squashfs4 only for
building the image) for the kernel image results in the bootloader
barfing and stopping.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
2018-06-16 10:08:51 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
df02e7a3c7 tools/bison: Update to 3.0.5
Update bison to 3.0.5
Bugfix release
Remove 001-fix-macos-vasnprintf.patch as it is fixed upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-06-13 12:15:47 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
651a62353b tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.44.2
Update e2fsprogs to 1.44.2

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-06-13 12:15:30 +02:00
Krystian Kozak
0e9927d157 sparse: updated to version 0.5.2
Updated to latest stable release

Signed-off-by: Krystian Kozak <krystian.kozak20@gmail.com>
2018-06-08 09:56:26 +02:00
Krystian Kozak
c844d6a8e4 imx-uuc: updated to latest git HEAD
8e29d86 linuxrc: remove superfluous shebang line
12d2045 gitignore: remove Windows stuff
57d8969 Add travis hint
8edf4cc sdimage: use fsync before closing the device (fixes #1)
d395b31 uuc: fix some compiler warnings

Signed-off-by: Krystian Kozak <krystian.kozak20@gmail.com>
2018-06-08 09:30:57 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
4da832e201 tools: zlib: do not hardcode the install prefix in zlib.pc
Our pkg-config wrapper relies on the ability to redefine the $prefix and
$exec_prefix variables in order to construct proper search paths relative
to the build environment.

Patch the .pc file template to construct libdir, sharedlibdir and includedir
relative to the ${prefix} variable so that it can be overridden as needed.

This also fixes the libxml2/host build issue raised at
https://github.com/openwrt/packages/issues/6073 - it was caused by libxml2's
configure picking up a wrong host search path through zlib.pc, letting it
include the wrong endian.h, causing spurious member redeclaration errors in
system headers.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-05-24 17:07:10 +02:00
Stefan Lippers-Hollmann
b72b36653a ipq806x: increase kernel partition size for the TP-Link Archer C2600
The default image does not fit 2 MB anymore, expand os-image partition
to 4 MB.

Upgrading works transparently via sysupgrade in both directions.
Another option would have been to merge "os-image" and "rootfs" into a
single "firmware" partition using MTD_SPLIT_TPLINK_FW, but just
changing the sizes of the existing partitioning has been deemed safer
and actually tested on an affected device; the maximum for rootfs
changes from 27 MB to 25 MB.

Run-tested on TP-Link Archer C2600.

Signed-off-by: Joris de Vries <joris@apptrician.nl>
[slh: extend comments and commit message, rename rootfs]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
2018-05-22 20:34:14 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
bc5283381c tools/cmake: Update to 3.11.1
Update cmake to 3.11.1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-05-05 07:53:44 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
93959bd86d tools/xz: Update to 5.2.4
Update to 5.2.4
Remove FreeBSD fix as it's not needed
Disable docs

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-05-05 07:13:53 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
0f5e01b691 tools/mm-macros: Update to 0.9.12
Update mm-macros to 0.9.12

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-05-05 07:13:48 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
2d913fc48d tools/sed: Update to 4.5
Update sed to 4.5

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-05-05 07:13:41 +02:00
Linus Walleij
20d0dace40 firmware-utils: add DNS-313 image header tool
This tool is used to create headers on images for the
D-Link DNS-313 in gemini target.
Will be used after switching gemini to 4.14 kernel.

Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
2018-05-05 06:57:00 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
56ae9f9b0b mtd-utils: add back macOS compatibility code that was dropped during the update
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2018-04-30 10:12:55 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
60427a940f tools/make-ext4fs: Fix build on MacOSX
MacOSX does not support "-Wl,-Bstatic" so do not force the static
linking.
We only copy the static libz library into the staging libraries
directories, the linker will anyway only find the static version and
link against that on all systems.

Fixes: 8dcd941d8b ("tools/zlib: move zlib build to tools")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-04-29 00:57:07 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
2c192b6916 tools/libressl: update to version 2.7.2
Libressl version 2.7.0 and later implement more of the OpenSSL 1.1 API
and this needs some modifications of the code using it.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-04-28 15:29:28 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
c7cd166479 tools/mtd-utils: update to version 2.0.2
This version now uses autotools to configure the build system. They are
also using the newly added zlib package.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-04-28 15:29:13 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
bf167f8a9a tools/mtd-utils: Mark some lzma functions as static
These functions are not declared in any header file and only used in
same compile unit, mark them as static to remove one gcc warning and
make it easier for the compiler to optimize them out.

This also fixes some style problems to make this patch match the version
in the packages folder.

This is copied from this commit to the mtd-utils we pack into the image:
56d0dd56e9 ("mtd-utils: Mark some lzma functions as static")

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-04-28 15:29:08 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
8dcd941d8b tools/zlib: move zlib build to tools
This allows us to link the other tools against our libz and we do not
need the system zlib any more.

Only the static linked library is copied to the staging directory so we
have a statically linked library on all systems and not only on Linux.
This also adds the new dependencies of the packages which are depending
on zlib.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
2018-04-28 15:28:59 +02:00
Alex Maclean
a31107a97a firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: increase RE350 kernel size
4.14 increased kernel size, so grow the kernel partition by 128K to compensate.

Fixes FS#1479.

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
2018-04-23 22:07:22 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
a656ea0bdb tools: mkimage: provide dtc path during build
The new mkimage version requires a CONFIG_MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH variable to be
provided during build, in order to hardcode a path to a suitable DT
compiler executable.

Failure to do so will result in stray "sh: 1: -I: not found" errors when
invoking mkimage for FIT image generation.

Fix the issue by supplying "dtc" as CONFIG_MKIMAGE_DTC_PATH value during
build. As we intend our host utilities to be relocatable and since we're
already overriding PATH when invoking mkimage, an absolute path is not
required.

Fixes: b13e981d72 ("tools/mkimage: update to version 2018.03")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-04-19 08:34:34 +02:00
Hauke Mehrtens
b13e981d72 tools/mkimage: update to version 2018.03
This activates support for fit images and some other new mkimage
features. Some of the patches were applied upstream and could be
removed.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2018-04-18 23:59:32 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
85282ae69c tools/mpfr: Update to 4.0.1
Update mpfr to 4.0.1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-04-11 21:02:50 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
a8c315192b tools/cmake: Update to 3.11.0
Update cmake to 3.11.0
Remove 110-alpine_musl-compat.patch as it's integrated upstream
Rename and refresh patches

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2018-04-11 21:02:29 +02:00
Matthias Schiffer
e39847ea2f
ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for CPE/WBS 210/510
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-04-10 18:29:19 +02:00
Matthias Schiffer
373dc11b51
firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: move CPE/WBS 210/510 version metainfo to the end
Having the metainfo between kernel and rootfs prevents us from resizing
the kernel partition as necessary.

Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
2018-04-10 18:29:19 +02:00
Henryk Heisig
c0742307a1 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link Archer C60 v2
TP-Link Archer C60 v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction (web):

Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and use
OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.

Flash instruction (recovery):

1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and
   rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
   directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
   be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery

Flash instruction (under U-Boot, using UART):

tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
reset

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2018-04-07 00:09:05 +02:00
Nicolò Veronese
0d8a0a6a17
firmware-utils: image generator for D-Link DAP-1330
Signed-off-by: Nicolò Veronese <nicveronese@gmail.com>
2018-04-05 15:28:56 +02:00
Paul Wassi
8262179f4a tools/e2fsprogs: update to 1.44.1
Update e2fsprogs to upstream 1.44.1 (feature and bugfix release)

Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
2018-03-31 16:30:30 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
9fc916a40c firmware-utils: mkdlinkfw: compile as gnu99
Compile as gnu99 to fix the build.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2018-03-19 08:10:14 +01:00
Pawel Dembicki
84c1b786b9 firmware-utils: add JBOOT bootloader image support
Tested on D-Link DWR-116.
Based on mktplinkfw.

Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
2018-03-18 22:22:38 +01:00
Alexander Couzens
3137622efb
firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: compile as gnu99
Also fix minor coding style issue and one redeclaration.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2018-03-15 18:22:36 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
677d8df9b8 firmware-utils: fix erroneous variable redeclaration
Fixes: 638e2193fe ("tplink-safeloader: add support to split & extract firmwares")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-03-15 18:17:37 +01:00
Alexander Couzens
068ba612db
tplink-safeloader: add support to convert factory into sysupgrade
Those converted factory images can be used to regain the original
tp-link firmware.
Be aware of firmware upgrade which additional require changes of
other partition than os-image (kernel) & file-system (rootfs).
OEM factory images from tplink can change nearly all partitions.
However using those images, OpenWrt's sysupgrade will only
modify the partitions os-image and file-system.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2018-03-15 17:52:23 +01:00
Alexander Couzens
638e2193fe tplink-safeloader: add support to split & extract firmwares
Split the oem firmware upgrade images into seperate files.
Useful when analysing oem firmware files.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2018-03-15 17:48:13 +01:00
Ansuel Smith
a9c00578b5 e2fsprogs: bump to 1.44.0
Fix compilation error

Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
2018-03-09 22:13:21 +01:00
Evgeniy Didin
063fa4cfa2 tools/mkimage: copy mkenvimage to bin directory
For some boards u-boot binary environment file is required,
which is generated by mkenvimage utility. But in OpenWrt there
is no separate support for mkenvimage, which is a part of u-boot tools.
mkenvimage gets built in u-boot/tools as well as mkimage anyways.

So lets just copy mkenvimage to the $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/bin/ directory.

Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2018-02-13 10:01:52 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
a338491a30 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link RE355
This device is identical as TP-Link RE450
RE355 is a dual-band AC1200 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9558+QCA9880.

Specification:

720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
7x LED, 3x button
UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:
Web:
Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and use OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2018-02-13 09:21:20 +01:00
Russell Senior
89a0fed2a2 tools: update patch to v2.7.6
Removes a redundant patch with a fix already upstream.  Build tested on
apm821xx (PPC).

Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
2018-02-12 16:27:56 +08:00
Hannu Nyman
64858a0e25 tools/ccache: update to 3.3.6
Update ccache to 3.3.6

Release notes:
https://ccache.samba.org/releasenotes.html#_ccache_3_3_6

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-02-07 12:03:45 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
e787ad5c96 tools/tar: update to 1.30
update GNU tar to 1.30

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-01-20 20:22:01 +01:00
Serg Studzinskii
eb58b14d27 ramips: tl-wr840n-v5: increase firmware partition for 4Mmtk layot
According to console log during TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 OEM firmware update
procedure 0x3e0000-0x3f0000 64kB "config" partition, which is used to store
router's configuration settings, is erased and recreated again during every
OEM firmware update procedure, thus does not contain any valuable factory data.
So it is conviniant to use this extra 64kB erase block for jffs overlay due
limited flash size on this device like it used on TP-Link's ar71xx boards.

Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
2018-01-18 08:04:18 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
4343ac5515 tools/mpfr: update to 4.0.0
Update mpfr to 4.0.0

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-01-18 08:04:18 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
d0610332dc tools/mpc: Update to 1.1.0
Update mpc to 1.1.0

(note: adds compatibility with mpfr 4.0.0)

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-01-18 08:04:18 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
3c4df661c0 tools/cmake: update to 3.10.1
Update cmake to 3.10.1
Refresh patches

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-01-17 08:52:54 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
b0d513ec91 tools/scons: update to 3.0.1
Update scons to 3.0.1

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-01-17 08:52:54 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
b4a46f0764 tools/libressl: update to 2.6.4
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2018-01-17 08:52:54 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
ebd15471ea tools: make-ext4fs: remove LEDE_GIT references
Change the make-ext4fs Makefile to use the common PROJECT_GIT
variable instead.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2018-01-15 13:14:12 +01:00
Michael Heimpold
498285922e firmware-tools/ptgen: use portable exit codes
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
2018-01-02 07:14:09 +01:00
Michael Heimpold
83f729dfb2 firmware-tools/ptgen: fix minor coding style issues
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
2018-01-02 07:14:09 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
3be10e3a30 tools/expat: Update to 2.2.5
Update (lib)expat to 2.2.5

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-12-16 14:41:37 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
3083cc6acf firmware-utils: mktplinkfw: add support for BR region code
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
Sergey Ryazanov
1a51241cb1 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw: fix JFFS2 EOF markers
mktplinkfw/mktplinkfw2 utilities put JFFS2 EOF market only at 64KB
boundary, this could lead to current device configuration lost during
the sysupgrade on a device, which is equpped with flash with the 4KB
erase block size (e.g. TP-Link Archer C20).

This happens when 64KB and 4KB alignments do not match, so the JFFS2
data is written not exactly at the partition beginnig and startup
scripts can not find the JFFS2 during the first boot just after the
sysupgrade.

Fix this by placing additional JFFS2 EOF marker at a 4KB boundary. Also
keep the marker at 64KB intact, so the utilities will produce images
suitable for devices with both 4KB and 64KB erase blocks.

Fixes: 29a2c2ea80 (add ability to put
jffs2 eof marker into the image)

Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
2017-12-14 09:29:30 +01:00
Rosen Penev
d6e34b7352 tools/sstrip: Fix compile under standard linux.
bswap32 undefined is the issue. Added the proper header. Also fixed a few format/conversion warnings that clang complained about without -Wall or -Wextra.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-12-08 10:40:20 +01:00
Rosen Penev
08cc9a2ca8 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.43.7
Compile tested on Fedora 27.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-11-22 20:45:18 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
fb66dc9b03 firmware-utils: add otrx tool for handling TRX images
It can be a replacement for the trx tool. The advantage is that otrx
doesn't alloc buffer for the whole TRX which can be a nice optimization
when creating big images.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-11-17 11:42:59 +01:00
Alexander Couzens
c61a239514
add PKG_CPE_ID ids to package and tools
CPE ids helps to tracks CVE in packages.
https://cpe.mitre.org/specification/

Thanks to swalker for CPE to package mapping and
keep tracking CVEs.

Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2017-11-17 02:24:35 +01:00
Tim Thorpe
673793d753 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5
TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5 appears to be identical to the TL-WR1043ND v4,
except that the USB port has been removed and there is no longer a
removable antenna option.

The software is more in line with the Archer series in that it uses a
nested bootloader scheme.

Specifications:

 - QCA9563 at 775 MHz
 - 64 MB RAM
 - 16 MB flash
 - 3 (non-detachable) Antennas / 450 Mbit
 - 1x/4x WAN/LAN Gbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
 - reset and Wi-Fi buttons

Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Dmitry Tunin
3ad5c161f4 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add more country codes for Archer C7 v4
If codes do not match, it is impossible to flash from the stock
firmware.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tunin <hanipouspilot@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
55c77b3d3c ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for TP-Link RE450 v1
This increases kernel partition size and fixes rootfs (file-system)
partition size on TP-Link RE450 v1. Also, while we are at it, switch
from statically defined kernel and rootfs partitions in kernel cmdline
to "tplink-fw" mtd splitter.

Fixes: FS#1072.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
ca6002c0ef ar71xx: increase kernel partition size for some TP-Link boards
This patch increases kernel partition size and re-enables image
generation for below TP-Link boards:

- archer-c58-v1
- archer-c60-v1
- tl-wr902ac-v1
- tl-wr942n-v1

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[commit message and title reworded]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 22:36:46 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
6bcc1c5331 tools/coreutils: install readlink
Parts of the build system use non-portable invocation of readlink

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-11-09 12:35:06 +01:00
Robert Marko
d0ef27594a ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR840N v5
TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 is simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas, based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.

Specification:

- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 1x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button

* LED in TL-WR840N v5 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
  (fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
  GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
  For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
  Orange LED is registered so you can later use it for your own purposes.

  Flash instruction:

  Unlike TL-WR840N v4 flashing through WEB UI works in v5.
  1. Download lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr840n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin image.
  2. Go to 192.168.0.1
  3. Flash the sysupgrade image through Firmware upgrade section of WEB UI.
  4. Wait until green LED stops flashing and use the router.

Notes:
TFTP recovery is broken since TP-Link reused bootloader code for v4 and
that does not take into account only 4 MB of flash and bricks the device.
So do not use TFTP Recovery or you will have to rewrite SPI flash.
They fixed it in later GPL code,but it is unknown which version of
bootloader you have.

After manually compiling and flashing bootloader from GPL sources TFTP
recovery works properly.

Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
2017-11-08 23:25:05 +01:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
050fb3b55c tools/firmware-utils: mktplinkfw* fix rootfs offset
With '-a' specified on the command line, the current code:
- computes an aligned _kernel length_ instead of an aligned _rootfs
  offset_.
- does not update the rootfs offset after computing the new kernel
  length, and instead retains the layout default.

When the kernel length exceeds the available space left with this
fixed offset, the resulting image header contains invalid data, with
the recorded rootfs offset overlapping the kernel area.

This patch ensures that rootfs offset is correctly computed and
reflected in the final image.

Furthermore, the build_fw() function special cases the rootfs_align
option because of the above invalid logic. This is also fixed and
the computed (or command-line provided, or layout-provided) rootfs_ofs
value is used in all cases.

There seems to be no valid reason to extend the kernel length beyond
the actual length of the kernel itself (OFW images don't do it) so this
part of the existing behavior is dropped.

Example image before the patch:
Kernel data offset     : 0x00000200 /      512 bytes
Kernel data length     : 0x00158438 /  1410104 bytes
Kernel load address    : 0x00000080
Kernel entry point     : 0x00000080
Rootfs data offset     : 0x00140000 /  1310720 bytes
Rootfs data length     : 0x001e4f7e /  1986430 bytes

Example image after the patch:
Kernel data offset     : 0x00000200 /      512 bytes
Kernel data length     : 0x001583fe /  1410046 bytes
Kernel load address    : 0x00000080
Kernel entry point     : 0x00000080
Rootfs data offset     : 0x00158600 /  1410560 bytes
Rootfs data length     : 0x001e4e22 /  1986082 bytes

Tested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-11-08 23:18:22 +01:00
Alex Maclean
4425fa84da tools/squashfs4: include sysmacros.h explicitly
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.

Fixes: FS#1017

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-27 11:19:38 +02:00
Alex Maclean
09bfca653c tools/squashfs: include sysmacros.h explicitly
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.

Fixes: FS#1018

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
2017-10-27 11:19:38 +02:00
Alex Maclean
855d210f65 tools/mtd-utils: include sysmacros.h explicitly
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.

Fixes: FS#1015

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-10-27 11:19:38 +02:00
Alex Maclean
4a5de1f430 tools/findutils: include sysmacros.h explicitly
glibc is moving to remove the include of sys/sysmacros.h from
sys/types.h, and some distros have done this early. Other libcs may
already lack this include. Include sysmacros.h explicitly.

Fixes: FS#1016

Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
2017-10-27 11:19:38 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
20d363aed3 tools/squashfs: use host cflags
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-24 13:24:05 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
9887afb1af ar71xx: add support for TP-LINK Archer C7 v4
TP-Link Archer C7 v4 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9888.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB

Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface

Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v4_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:

1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f040000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f040000 $filesize
4. reset

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-19 16:14:19 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
9e768b9aac tools/firmware-utils: mktplinkfw move build_fw() to lib
This patch moves build_fw() to mktplinkfw-lib.c

The versions of mktplinkfw.c and mktplinkfw2.c had slight
differences in code flow, the version from mktplinkfw.c has been
preferred.

While it's expected that this change will not affect mktplinkfw2,
all use cases could not be tested and so this particular change
is committed separately.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-10-06 08:28:41 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
10324fcb39 tools/firmware-utils: mktplinkfw regroup duplicate code
This patch carves out the duplicated code of mktplinfw.c and
mktplinkfw2.c and moves it to mktplinkfw-lib.c

This change is a semantic NOP (the code is unchanged).

To ensure compatibility with gcc-5.x and newer without changing
the code, -fgnu89-inline is added to the build flags for these
two binaries.

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-10-06 08:28:41 +02:00
Thibaut VARÈNE
10832c8e12 tools/firmware-utils: remove hardcoded values from mktplinkfw2.c
This patch removes all the hardcoded board-specific values from
mktplinkfw2.c, and as well as the corresponding support code.

By design, this change also deletes all of the broken matching logic
that was embedded in mktplinkfw2 and aligns the "inspect" behavior
with that of mktplinkfw (i.e. print the parsed header content as
they are without further processing).

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-10-06 08:28:41 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
90805b16b6 cmake: fix build error with Xcode 9 on macOS 12
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-10-05 21:14:44 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
64da598c8f tools: cmake: fix librt linking (FS#1032)
Commit 839129b864 "tools/cmake: Update to 3.9.3" improperly rebased the
librt linking patch, causing FS#381 to resurface.

Fixes FS#1032.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2017-10-02 14:00:48 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
a4ec0aa527 tools/mm-macros: Update to 0.9.11
Update mm-macros to 0.9.11

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-09-30 22:43:59 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
85d93b67af tools/mpfr: Update to 3.1.6
Update mpfr to 3.1.6

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-09-30 22:43:38 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
839129b864 tools/cmake: Update to 3.9.3
Update CMake to 3.9.3
Remove FreeBSD patch (not needed)
Rearrage and update patches

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-09-30 22:41:12 +02:00
Marko Ratkaj
0fb14a2b1a tools: flex: fix segfault with glibc 2.26+
Fix segmentation fault caused by implicit declaration of function 'reallocarray'. Added patch will enable
reallocarray() prototype in glibc 2.26+ on Linux systems. This fix will be included in flex 2.6.5.

Fixes LEDE issue: FS#1003 (Flex does not build with GCC 7.2)

Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
2017-09-24 16:28:28 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
ed617fd8f2 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.43.6
Update e2fsprogs to 1.43.6
* Remove FreeBSD patch as it's not needed, FreeBSD 9.1 is EoL and this
  is compiling on FreeBSD 11.1.
* Remove libmagic patch, RHEL 5 is EoL (End of Production Phase) since
  March 31, 2017.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-09-16 22:22:44 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
b0f26243fe tools/expat: Update to 2.2.4
Update (lib)expat to 2.2.4

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-09-16 22:22:44 +02:00
Maxim Anisimov
161a3be5ad ramips: add support for TP-Link Archer C20 v1
TP-Link Archer C20 v1 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's very similiar to TP-Link Archer C50.
Also it's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.

Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
- 1 x USB 2.0 port

* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
  (fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
  GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
  For now, we support/use only the blue part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
  work.

Factory image notes:

These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device.

We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash. So, to flash this device we must
to prepare image using original firmware from tp-link site with uboot.

Flash instruction:

Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot.
There are two ways to flash the device to LEDE:

1) Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image

 - Place lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin in tftp
   server directory
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
   key "4" to access U-Boot CLI.
 - Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:

    setenv serverip 192.168.0.66
    tftp 0x80060000 lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin
    erase tplink 0x20000 0x7a0000
    cp.b 0x80060000 0x20000 0x7a0000
    reset

 - After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE

2) Using tftp mode without UART connection but require some
   manipulations with target image

 - Download and unpack TP-Link Archer C20 v1 firmware from original web
   site
 - Split uboot.bin from original firmware by this command (example):

    dd if=Archer_C20v1_0.9.1_4.0_up_boot(160427)_2016-04-27_13.53.59.bin of=uboot.bin bs=512 count=256 skip=1

 - Create ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin using this command:

    cat uboot.bin lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin > ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin

 - Place ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin in tftp server directory.
 - Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
 - Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   device starts downloading the file.
 - Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
2017-09-13 08:07:54 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
66a8c8f04c tools/firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: allow parameter override
This patch enables commandline override of board hw_ver and hw_ver_add

Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-09-09 09:55:26 +02:00
Ryan Mounce
25c045763a tools: patch various gnu tools for macOS 10.13
These host tools compile but may crash at runtime when building on
macOS 10.13 (High Sierra). Backport upstream gnulib patch until new
releases of affected tools.

https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2017-07/msg00056.html
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/commit/?id=c41f233c4c38e84023a16339782ee306f03e7f59

Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
2017-08-23 18:56:33 +02:00
Marty Plummer
9ebb23cf51 tools/mkimage: fix musl build
Taken from: http://git.denx.de/?p=u-boot.git;a=commit;h=26e355d131a6b56ea78a156c1cee4f6ba0500b37

Signed-off-by: Marty Plummer <ntzrmtthihu777@gmail.com>
2017-08-23 15:12:15 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
965df21fd1 tools/pkg-config: Update to 0.29.2
* Update pkg-config to 0.29.2
* Remove patch as it's upstreamed

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-08-09 23:20:56 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
1a5b7cc151 tools/expat: Update to 2.2.3
Update (lib)expat to 2.2.3
Remove poor entropy hack, 2.2.3 uses /dev/urandom in worst case

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-08-09 23:20:56 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
8477d54545 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.43.5
Update e2fsprogs to 1.43.5

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-08-09 23:20:56 +02:00
Thibaut VARENE
b70a96285c tools/firmware-utils: document reserved fields in mkchkimg
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
2017-08-03 00:11:25 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
993c740255 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: respect -e option when reading fw info
When -e option it specified a corresponding flag is set in the
custom_board. By using custom_board as fallback -e option gets respected
for unknown boards.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-07-31 11:43:42 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
35ddef8455 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: fix info for images with LE kernel LA/EP
With this change endianness is also respected when reading firmware
info.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-07-31 11:43:42 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
d181cbbfb0 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: replace "endian_swap" field with "flags"
This will allow adding more similar tricks needed by other hardware.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-07-31 11:43:41 +02:00
Alex Maclean
1c7144f078 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add support for TP-Link RE350
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
2017-07-25 21:02:53 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
d72371e42b firmware-utils: drop mktplinkfw-kernel tool
As we can now use combined mode in "mktplinkfw" tool to generate the
same header/image, this tool is no longer needed.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-07-22 23:29:50 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
b3cb0e7588 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw: rework combined image option
We use combined option in "mktplinkfw" tool for generating initramfs
kernel images and header for kernel inside "safeloader" image type (in
fact, only for TL-WR1043ND v4 at this moment).

There is also "mktplinkfw-kernel" tool, a stripped-down version, used
only for generating "simple" header, for safeloader image types.

This changes how "mktplinkfw" handles combined images (which then will
allow us to drop the stripped-down version of the tool):

- drop "ignore size" command line option (it was used only for combined
  images anyway)
- don't require "flash layout id" for combined images (we don't need and
  shouldn't limit size of the initramfs kernel and for kernels inside
  safeloader images, the "tplink-safeloader" tool does the size check)
- require kernel address and entry point in command line parameters for
  combined images (consequence of previous point)
- don't include md5 sum and firmware length values in header (they are
  needed only for update from vendor GUI and are ingored in case of
  initramfs and "tplink-safeloader" images)
- drop "fake" flash layout for TL-WR1043ND v4 as it's no longer needed

Also, adjust "mktplinkfw-combined" command in ar71xx/image/tp-link.mk to
match introduced changes in "mktplinkfw" tool.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-07-22 23:29:50 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
5bc5d94549 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add support for TL-WR902AC v1 US
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-07-22 23:08:05 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
7c727c6fa4 tools: expat: fix build on older host systems
Expat release 2.2.2 requires support for either syscall(SYS_getrandom) which
is available on Linux 3.17 or support for getrandom() which is only available
in glibc 2.25 or later.

Since some of our builders still run on Linux 3.16, we need to forcibly
disable the use of getrandom() for the host builds.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2017-07-18 23:00:45 +02:00
Ted Hess
b4ce088f06 tools/expat: Update host version to 2.2.2
Ref: CVE-2017-9233, CVE-2016-9063

Signed-off-by: Ted Hess <thess@kitschensync.net>
2017-07-17 16:42:35 -04:00
Hauke Mehrtens
027aea8af7 tools/flex: Revert "tools/flex: add autoreconf"
This was already done in commit 91e262c6b3 ("tools: flex: fix build
with automake 1.15.1")

This reverts commit 6b127d8639.

Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
2017-07-15 00:12:46 +02:00
Henryk Heisig
8cd28140f1 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: fix Archer C60 factory image
This commit fixes build factory image for TP-Link Archer C60v1.
Size of partition "SupportList" is only 256 bytes, and can
contain only 3 entries.

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-07-09 22:45:59 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
7805745791 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: use static board struct for custom values
It seems simpler to store all custom (command line set) option values in
a struct identical to the predefined ones. It doesn't require:
1) Having so many global variables
2) Copying data from the predefined boards

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-07-08 18:10:25 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
90e27a185f firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: update firmware header
1) Be consistent and use tabs
2) Drop FIXME from boot comments - some images use these fields normally

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-07-08 18:10:16 +02:00
John Crispin
6b127d8639 tools/flex: add autoreconf
build blows up on latest debian due to automake mismatch

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2017-07-06 08:57:27 +02:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
91e262c6b3 tools: flex: fix build with automake 1.15.1
After the update of GNU automake, the flex configure fails with

    configure.ac:31: error: version mismatch.  This is Automake 1.15.1,
    configure.ac:31: but the definition used by this AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
    configure.ac:31: comes from Automake 1.15.

Apply the autoreconf host fixup to properly regenerate configure before
to avoid triggering the version mismatch. Also refresh the patch while
we're at it.

Fixes FS#885.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2017-07-05 19:22:39 +02:00
Thomas Langer
eafaef3765 automake: Update to version 1.15.1
The new version includes the fix for new perl versions,
so remove the related patch.

Signed-off-by: Thomas Langer <thomas.langer.71@gmail.com>
2017-07-04 22:56:55 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
a3d232e1e6 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw: add option for endianness swap
This adds command line option in "mktplinkfw" tool for endianness swap
in kernel load address and entry point fields. As in "mktplinkfw2" tool,
we will need this for little-endian targets, like "ramips".

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-07-04 15:40:43 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
3b7928cc9d firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: add missing options descriptions
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-07-04 13:26:40 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
6165e4aab0 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1 is a pocket-size, dual-band (AC750), successor of
TL-MR3020 (both devices use very similar enclosure, in same size). New
device is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: TE7WR902AC.

Specification:

- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (GPIO-controlled power)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button, 1x 3-pos switch
- UART pads on PCB (TP1 -> TX, TP2 -> RX, TP3 -> GND, TP4 -> 3V3, jumper
  resitors are missing on TX/RX lines)
- 1x micro USB (for power only)

Flash instructions:

Use "factory" image under vendor GUI.

Recovery instructions:

This device contains tftp recovery mode inside U-Boot. You can use it to
flash LEDE (use "factory" image) or vendor firmware.

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr902ac-v1-squashfs-factory.bin"
   to "wr902acv1_un_tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server dir.
3. Connect PC with LAN port, press the reset button, power up the router
   and keep button pressed until WPS LED lights up.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

Root access over serial line in vendor firmware: root/sohoadmin.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-07-04 08:58:54 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
23da3fbf68 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: fix MD5 salt
LEDE supports few devices using TP-Link firmware format (V2 or V3):
ArcherC20i, ArcherC50, ArcherMR200, TDW8970, TDW8980, TL-WR840N v4,
TL-WR841N v13 and VR200v

Testing mktplinkfw2 tool with official (vendor generated) firmware files
for above devices has shown an error when comparing calculated and
included MD5 sum, e.g.:
> mktplinkfw2 -i Archer_C20iv1_0.9.1_3.2_up_boot\(170221\)_2017-02-21_17.14.03.bin | grep -A 1 MD5Sum1
Header MD5Sum1         : 22 5a cb 92 10 d2 95 7b df 62 9a f8 62 17 37 10 (*ERROR*)
          --> expected : ad 19 11 d1 78 98 a7 42 5f 2e 64 da 8a 34 ec cb

This problem has been verified to occur with:
Archer_C20iv1_0.9.1_3.2_up_boot(170221)_2017-02-21_17.14.03.bin
Archer MR200v1_0.9.1_1.1_up_boot_v004a.0 Build 160905 Rel.60037n.bin
TD-W8970v3_0.9.1_2.0_up_boot(160816)_2016-08-16_10.40.57.bin
TD-W8980v1_0.6.0_1.8_up_boot(150514)_2015-05-14_11.16.43.bin
Archer_VR200vv2_0.2.0_0.8.0_up_boot(161202)_2016-12-05_14.39.06.bin

For some images, e.g.:
Archer_C50v3_EU_0.9.1_0.3_up_boot[170417-rel52298].bin
TL-WR840Nv4_EU_0.9.1_4.16_up_boot[170421-rel70692].bin
TL-WR841Nv13_0.9.1_3.16_up_boot(161012).bin
mktplinkfw2 calculates zero MD5 so these has to be fixed separately:
> mktplinkfw2 -i TL-WR841Nv13_0.9.1_3.16_up_boot\(161012\).bin | grep -A 1 MD5Sum1
Header MD5Sum1         : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 (*ERROR*)
          --> expected : 6f 1d 9b 57 5d 42 14 6d bf a2 03 9d 46 7d 55 55

It's most likely that MD5 salt used in mktplinkfw2 has been always wrong
(and it's not a matter of e.g. a vendor change). Update it to fix MD5
calculation.

This has been also verified to calculate MD5 correctly for other (not
yet supported) devices, e.g.:
Archer_C3150v2_0.1.0_0.9.1_up_boot(160812)_2016-08-12_10.52.54.bin
Archer_C3200v1_0.9.1_0.1_up_boot(160704)_2016-07-04_15.48.28.bin

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-07-03 07:04:58 +02:00
Rafał Miłecki
896246b8c5 firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: fix support for -w option
This fixes copy & paste typo when reading -w argument.

Fixes: 4b35e174ca ("firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: support additional hardware version")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-07-02 22:31:13 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
24043a0d2e ramips: add support for TP-Link TL-WR840N v4 and TL-WR841N v13
TP-Link TL-WR840N v4 and TL-WR841N v13 are simple N300 routers with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas. Both are very similar
and are based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.

The difference between these two models is in number of available
LEDs, buttons and power input switch.

This work is partially based on GitHub PR#974.

Specification:

- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- TL-WR840N v4: 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button
- TL-WR841N v13: 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input
  switch

* WAN LED in TL-WR841N v13 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
  (fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
  GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
  For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.

Factory image notes:

These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device ("0x4"/"0x13" for these devices) but it seems
that anything other than "0" is correct.

We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash.

Tests showed that the GUI upgrade routine copies value of "Additional
Hardware Version" from existing firmware into offset "0x2023c" in
provided file, _before_ storing it in flash. In case of vendor firmware
upgrade files (which all include U-Boot image and two headers), this
offset points to the matching field in kernel+rootfs firmware part
header. Unfortunately, in case of LEDE factory image file which contains
only one header, it points to the offset "0x2023c" in kernel image. This
leads to a corrupted kernel and ends up with a "soft-bricked" device.

The good news is that U-Boot in these devices contains well known tftp
recovery mode, which can be triggered with "reset" button. What's more,
in comparison to some of older MediaTek based TP-Link devices, this
recovery mode doesn't write whole file at offset "0x0" in flash, without
verifying provided file in advance. In case of recovery mode in these
devices, first "0x20000" bytes are always skipped and "0x7a0000" bytes
from rest of the file are stored in flash at offset "0x20000".

Flash instruction:

Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:

1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tl-wr84...-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
   to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
   the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
   device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.

To access U-Boot CLI, keep pressed "4" key during boot.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-06-29 10:37:36 +02:00
Piotr Dymacz
4b35e174ca firmware-utils: mktplinkfw2: support additional hardware version
As it turned out, some of new MediaTek based TP-Link devices use value
from field at 0x3c offset in version 3 of TP-Link header to specify
"Additional Hardware Version".

Value from this field is validated during regular (GUI) firmware upgrade
on devices like TL-WR840N v4 or TL-WR841N v13. If it's zero (based on
some tests, it seems that firmware will accept anything != 0), errors
like below are printed on console and upgrade fails:

[ rsl_sys_updateFirmware ] 2137:  Firmware Additional HardwareVersion
check failed

[ rdp_updateFirmware ] 345:  perror:4506

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-06-29 10:37:36 +02:00
Henryk Heisig
b05c7193fd ar71xx: add support for TP-Link Archer C58 v1
TP-Link Archer C58 v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm
QCA9561 + QCA9886. It looks like Archer C59 v1 without USB port.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 3x button
- UART header on PCB, RX, TX at TP4+5 (backside)

QCA9886 wlan needs pre_cal_data file and enable ieee80211 phy hotplug to
patch macaddress.

Flash instruction:

Use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.

Recovery method:

1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66/24.
2. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c58-v1-squashfs-factory.bin" and
   rename it to "tp_recovery.bin".
3. Start a tftp server with the file "tp_recovery.bin" in its root
   directory.
4. Turn off the router.
5. Press and hold Reset button.
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds.
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
   be transferred from the tftp server.
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:

tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset

This commit is based on GitHub PR#1112

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-06-29 10:37:36 +02:00
Jean-Pierre St-Yves
01280bc8dc firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add support for Archer C5 v2 JP/US
Add support for Japan and US versions of TP-Link Archer C5 v2

Signed-off-by: Jean-Pierre St-Yves <jpstyves@gmail.com>
2017-06-29 10:37:36 +02:00
Henryk Heisig
7d21b4eed0 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add support for Archer C59/C60 RU
Add support for Russian version of TP-Link Archer C59/C60 v1

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
2017-06-29 10:37:36 +02:00
Federico Cappon
9fec39a033 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1
TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.

Short specification:

- 550/397/198 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x external antennas
- 2x LED (green and orange in the same package), 2x button
- UART: TP5(TX) and TP4(RX) test points on PCB

Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.

Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.

You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin

Image was tested only in EU version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.

Signed-off-by: Federico Cappon <dududede371@gmail.com>
2017-06-29 10:37:36 +02:00
Mathias Kresin
06741411e0 firmware-utils: fix dgn3500sum compiler warnings
The sum variable need to be initialised, otherwise it will points to
random stack memory and a bogus image checksum might be calculated.

While at it, fix the segfault in case the product region code isn't
specified and enable compiler warnings which had revealed all the code
issues.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
2017-06-26 20:08:36 +02:00
Alexander Couzens
b5aaafe9a3
mtd-utils/mkfs.jffs2: honor env SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
Use the timestamp from the enviroment SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
if set instead of the build time.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2017-06-19 14:35:07 +02:00
Alexander Couzens
c47a1a3527 firmware-utils: honor env SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
Use the timestamp from the enviroment SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
if set instead of the build time.
Fixes reproducible builds for certain firmware images.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
2017-06-19 14:34:52 +02:00
Ludwig Thomeczek
9cd69c45c5 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add TP-Link Archer C25 v1
This adds the necessary firmware layout definitions for the Archer C25.
It has an addtional partition containing some static data ("extra-para")
without which no factory flash is possible, therefore put_data() has been
added.

Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
2017-06-11 21:32:18 +02:00
Serg Studzinskii
b7cc661615 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WR942N v1
TP-Link TL-WR942N v1 is a 2.4 GHz single-band N450 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x USB 2.0
- 11x LED (most are controlled by 74HC595)
- 2x button
- UART header on PCB*

* Serial console is disabled in OEM non-beta firmwares and corresponding
  GPIO pins 14 and 15 are assigned to control USB1 and USB2 LEDs by
  production (non-beta) U-Boot and firmware.

Currently not working:

1. USB1 and USB2 LEDs if UART RX and TX pins are assigned to their GPIOs
   by some U-Boot versions.

Flash instruction under vendor GUI:

1. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-squashfs-factory.bin".
2. Go to WEB interface and perform usual firmware upgrade.

FLash instruction under U-Boot recovery mode (doesn't work in beta
firmware):

1. Setup PC with static IP "192.168.0.66/24" and tftp server.
2. Change "*-factory" image filename to "WR942v1_recovery.bin" and make
   it available to download from your tftp server.
3. Press "reset" button and power up the router, wait till "WPS" LED
   turns on.

Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART (can be done only with
preinstalled UART-enabled U-Boot version!):

1. Use "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
   tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-sysupgrade.bin
   erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
   cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
   reset

Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
[minor code style fixes, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-06-11 21:32:17 +02:00
Jan Niehusmann
c4022243d8 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: support strings as soft_version
Some TP-Link routers (C25, C59, C60) contain a version string instead
of a binary structure in the soft_version partition.

Flashing LEDE from the original firmware's GUI, this version string
taken from the soft_ver partition of the firmware image is written to
the router's config partition.

When using tftp recovery to go back to the original Archer C25 firmware,
a version check compares that version to the version of the firmware to
be flashed.

Without proper contents in the config partition, reverting to the
original firmware fails.

Therefore, write the string "soft_ver:1.0.0\n" to that soft_ver
partition.

Signed-off-by: Jan Niehusmann <jan@gondor.com>
2017-06-11 19:06:49 +02:00
Daniel Golle
92c80f38cf automake: import upstream fix for perl 5.26
Build broke as distributions now include Perl 5.26 and automake
triggered an "Unescaped left brace in regex" error.
Import upstream commit 13f00eb449 to fix that.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
2017-06-07 19:47:34 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
e25cedd0b5 tar: override symlink permissions
On Linux, symlink permissions cannot be altered and are always 0777.
On Mac OS X they can be 0755. Force 0777 here to keep tarballs
reproducible across systems

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-05-30 15:40:51 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
9235a29e1a tools/sparse: Update to snapshot 2017-03-31
Update sparse to snapshot 2017-03-31
Switch to HTTPS

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-05-29 10:00:43 +02:00
Eric Luehrsen
aeeb2faf88 flex: update to 2.6.4 (FS#809)
flex 2.6.3 has a bug which fails code generation and compile of some packages

Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
2017-05-26 07:53:03 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
d7a3120cdc tools/libressl: update to 2.5.4
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2017-05-25 19:01:07 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
8040420b00 tools/flex: update to 2.6.3
* update flex to 2.6.3
* download .tar.gz (as upstream has dropped .xz)
* refresh patches

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2017-05-25 19:01:07 +02:00
Hannu Nyman
1a0d52a733 tools/cmake: update to 3.8.1
* update cmake to 3.8.1
* refresh patches

Release notes:
https://cmake.org/cmake/help/v3.8/release/3.8.html

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2017-05-25 19:01:07 +02:00
Syrone Wong
a0f4b4b3a2 tools/isl: update to 0.18
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
2017-05-25 19:01:07 +02:00
Rosen Penev
74f9c9c159 tools: host/include/getline.h: Remove
Seems to be useful only for old and unsupported operating systems. Removed and adjusted the mtd-utils Makefile.

Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
2017-04-26 10:29:39 +02:00
Daniel Engberg
0685f2a66c tools/upx: Remove from repo
Remove upx from repo, it hasn't been used for a very long time and serves little to no purpose.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-03-20 08:26:35 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
80246ce67e tools/coreutils: Update to 8.27
Update coreutils to 8.27

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-03-20 08:24:34 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
e45ee66149 tools/libressl: Update to 2.5.1
Update libressl to 2.5.1

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-03-20 08:24:13 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
49ded28027 tools/dosfstools: Update to 4.1
Update to 4.1
Remove 0001-mkfs-Default-to-64-32-heads-sectors-for-targets-smal.patch
as it's included in upstream repo.
Refresh patch

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-03-20 08:24:05 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
65d2800bd6 tools/sed: Update to 4.4
Update sed to 4.4

Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
2017-03-20 08:15:27 +01:00
Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant
2cf00b640d ccache: update to 3.3.4
Update from 3.3.2 to 3.3.4 & refresh patches.

Remove 110-disable-assembler-support as ccache now understands the
'.incbin' directive.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
2017-03-12 15:06:50 +01:00
Rafał Miłecki
dfac808076 firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: add support for Archer C5 V2
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2017-03-11 12:06:58 +01:00
Etienne Haarsma
d90abebd06 tools/m4: update 1.4.18
Patch 100-fix-gets-removal.patch is removed because it's included in the new version.

Signed-off-by: Etienne Haarsma <bladeoner112@gmail.com>
2017-02-26 13:31:45 +01:00
Furong Xu
8d53e3721c tools: patch-image: fix file descriptor leak.
Maybe this is committed by mistake, fix it.

Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
2017-02-15 07:45:24 +01:00
Piotr Dymacz
56561b9f51 ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2
TP-Link TL-WA850RE v2 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.

Short specification:

- 550/391/195 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x internal antennas (embedded on PCB)
- 9x LED (all can be turned off with GPIO15), 2x button
- UART (J3) header on PCB

Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.

Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.

You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin

Image was tested only in US version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.

Available FLASH space, with LEDE trunk, is only 240 KB.

Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
2017-02-14 12:25:33 +01:00
Etienne Haarsma
0928b6d2ab cmake: update to version 3.7.2
Signed-off-by: Etienne Haarsma <bladeoner112@gmail.com>
2017-02-09 14:49:25 +01:00
Daniel Engberg
34ba64fe70 tools/e2fsprogs: Update to 1.43.4
* Update to 1.43.4
* Refresh patches
* xz tarball which saves about 2M in size

Changelog: http://e2fsprogs.sourceforge.net/e2fsprogs-release.html#1.43.4

Tested by Etienne Haarsma (ar71xx), Daniel Engberg (kirkwood)

Signed-off-by: Etienne Haarsma <bladeoner112@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [use @KERNEL instead of harcoded URL]
2017-02-09 12:26:13 +01:00
Hannu Nyman
eaf3fef946 ccache, samba36: fix samba.org addresses to use https
samba.org has started to enforce https and
currently plain http downloads with curl/wget fail,
so convert samba.org download links to use https.

Modernise links at the same time.

Also convert samba.org URL fields to have https.

Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
2017-02-02 00:14:03 +01:00
FUKAUMI Naoki
7faee1bc9f firmware-utils: improve tools for Buffalo DHP series
some of Buffalo DHP series use slightly different trx magic, buffalo-enc,
buffalo-tag, and factory image begin with 'bgn'.

this patch adds support for building those images.

Signed-off-by: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
2017-01-31 10:55:02 +01:00
Stijn Tintel
456e1b6481 qemu: rename internal crypto/aes symbols
Qemu's local AES code defines symbols that conflict with
LibreSSL/OpenSSL's libcrypto. Rename them to avoid build problems.

See upstream commit c8d70e59738e672021926c7747af8ef9dea15c82.

Fixes FS#444.

Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
2017-01-30 18:37:51 +01:00
Henryk Heisig
e39dc8d823 ar71xx: add support to TP-Link Archer C59v1 and C60v1
TP-Link Archer C59v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 port
- 8x LED (controled by 74HC595), 3x button
- UART header on PCB

TP-Link Archer C60v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9886.

Specification:

- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB

Currently not working:
- Port LAN1 on C59, LAN4 on C60
- WiFi 5GHz (missing ath10k firmware for QCA9886 chip)
- Update from oficial web interface ( tplink-saveloader not support "product-info")

Flash instruction:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-cXX-v1-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.

Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:

1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
4. reset

Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: remove duplicate ATH79_MACH_ARCHER_C59/C60_V1 entries]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2017-01-26 11:38:21 +01:00
Sergey Sergeev
e2b8e9e0f3 tools: update kernel2minor to 0.24 version
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
2017-01-25 07:54:06 +01:00
John Crispin
920ee1f707 Revert "tools: wrt400n: fix making factory images with kernel bigger than 1MB"
This reverts commit 5f9b20bc7d.

The builders were failing with a segfault when generating the image

Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2017-01-20 06:43:13 +01:00
Yousong Zhou
5f9b20bc7d tools: wrt400n: fix making factory images with kernel bigger than 1MB
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
2017-01-20 00:44:26 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
d98bb7e6b9 build: extend CONFIG_AUTOREMOVE to tools/
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-01-18 23:57:09 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
131db366a3 build: remove separate /install step for host builds
Reduces the number of recursive make invocations

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-01-18 23:57:09 +01:00
Alexandru Ardelean
2b84dfafa4 tools/qemu: use default host configure rule ; set appropriate vars & args
Admittedly, this is my own OCD wanting to get rid of this.

Because I tried (a while back to upgrade QEMU to a newer version),
and (during that attempt) I tried to get rid of this.

Tested on Linux & Mac.

Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
2017-01-18 08:54:58 +01:00
Alexandru Ardelean
968fa53197 tools/cmake: remove HOST_CONFIGURE_CMD and re-distribute the args & vars
The final semantic is the same, but this is a bit more correct.

Build tested on Windows 10 (yes, there is some
Ubuntu mode for Windows 10, and I've been also building LEDE
on it for a few weeks).

Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
2017-01-16 20:40:14 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
6f9011f089 cmake: properly pass host cflags/ldflags to the build
This should hopefully fix build issues where libraries that we ship in
tools/ were accidentally picked up from other places on the system, e.g.
/usr/local

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-01-13 10:23:43 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
7969770100 cmake: support verbose build that shows compiler commands
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-01-13 10:23:43 +01:00
Felix Fietkau
d6de31310c cmake: restore parallel build support for bootstrap
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2017-01-13 10:23:43 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
43d5339940 tools: cmake: link librt if needed (FS#381)
Patch cmakes cmcurl component to unconditionally link librt when we discover
a clock_gettime() symbol in -lrt.

This is required to sucessfully link LibreSSL's libcrypto which might or
might not reqauire librt.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2017-01-11 03:48:30 +01:00
Jo-Philipp Wich
69be65b594 tools: mkimage: pass crypto libraries through HOST_LOADLIBES (FS#381)
Since linker argument order is significant on modern host compilers, pass
the required libcrypto libraries through the HOST_LOADLIBES variable in
order to ensure proper order of the final linker command line.

Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
2017-01-11 03:48:30 +01:00